2018 Price List
Divi 2018 Price List
v. 1.0
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRODUCT INFORMATION
STORAGE
Divi Statement of Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Mid-Height Shelf Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Divi Finish Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
MONOLITHIC PANELS
Type C Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . 15 Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Type C Raised Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Type D Flipper and Raised Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Sliding Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Raised Sliding Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Cabinet Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Raised Cabinet Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ACCESSORIES
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tackboards, Tool Rail Kits and Panel Coat Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens and Pre-Drilled Topcaps . . . . . . . . . . 68
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . 21
Whiteboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . 22 Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels . . . . . . . . 23 ADA Door Panels and Door Panel Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Sliding Doors and Sliding Door Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Monolithic Front/Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Segmented Front/Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Replacement Fabric Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Replacement Laminate and Embossed Steel Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fabric Insert Upcharges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CONNECTORS Divi Connector Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Base Raceway Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Wall Mount Kits and Wall Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Post Filler Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
ELECTRICAL Divi Electrical Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Panel-to-Panel and Lateral Pass Through Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Duplex Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 In-Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Retrofit Kits and In-Line Power/Data Pole Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Hubbell Premise Kits and Hardwire Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
SUPPORT Cantilevers and Side Support/Rear Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 End Panels, Brackets and A-Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Panel Mounted A-Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
I
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Monolithic Panels and Insert Panels
DIVI MONOLITHIC PANELS
Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Panels
Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Panels
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
82” High Sliding Door w/ Top Track Bar
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Panels
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Panels
ADA Door Panels
Shrouds for Divi Doors
66” High Non-Locking Sliding Door
End of Run Sliding Door Trim Kits
Sliding Door Handle Kit
Sliding Door Lock Kit
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Quarter Glass Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Quarter Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Panels
With or Without Glass, Left or Right Hand Without Glass Left Hand Door Shown
2-Way or 3-Way 2-Way Shroud Shown
Powered or Non-Powered
INSERT PANELS
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Powered or Non-Powered
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Quarter Glass Insert Panels Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
1
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Insert Panels, Connectors and Electrical INSERT PANELS
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels
Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels
Replacement Fabric Inserts
Replacement Laminate Inserts
Replacement Embossed Steel Inserts
CONNECTORS
90° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
120° / 60° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
135° / 45° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
90° 3-Way Base Raceway Shroud
End Base Raceway Shroud
Wall Mount Kits
Stack Panel Wall Mount Kit
Wall Tracks
2-Way Post Filler
3-Way Post Filler
4-Way Post Filler
End of Run Post Filler
Panel-to-Panel Jumpers
Lateral Pass Through Jumpers
I-Connectors
Duplex Outlets
USB Outlets
Duplex Outlet Hole Covers
Side Mounted Base In-Feed
Receptacle Mount Base In-Feed
Ceiling In-Feeds
In-Line Power / Data Pole Combination Kits
In-Line Power / Data Pole Retrofit Kits
In-Line Power / Data Pole Divider
Electrical Retrofit Kit
Double Channel Power / Data Pole Kit
Data Plate Kits
Hardwire Junction Box
ELECTRICAL
2
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Support, Storage and Accessories
SUPPORT
Standard Cantilevers
Shared Cantilevers
Side / Support Rear Brackets
Clear Access End Panels
Pedestal-to-Pedestal Attachment Brackets
Countertop Brackets
Panel Mounted Shelf Cantilevers
Standard End Panels
Panel Mounted A-Legs
Left Hand, Right Hand or Freestanding Freestanding Legs Shown
STORAGE
Mid-Height Shelf Units
Linear Mid-Height Shelf Units
Type D Flipper Door Unit
Type D Raised Flipper Door Unit
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Unit
Sliding Door Unit
Linear Mid-Height Corner Shelf Unit
Raised Sliding Door Unit
Type C Flipper Door Unit
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Cabinet Door Unit
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Raised Cabinet Door Unit
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Tool Rail Kits
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens
Pre-Drilled Topcaps
White Board w/ Marker Tray
ACCESSORIES
Tackboards
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Tool Rail Kits
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Framed or Frameless Framed White Board Shown
3
DIVI
FINISH OPTIONS Fabric Options PANEL FABRICS BY AIS Name Avenue Dusk Avenue Park Place Cape Cod Chatham Cape Cod Falmouth Cape Cod Harwich Cape Cod Hyannis Cape Cod Martha’s Vineyard Cape Cod Nantucket Cape Cod Provincetown Engage Denim Engage Neutral Engage Rain Cloud Engage Toffee New England Boston New England Cambridge New England Concord New England Dixville Notch New England Hartford New England Lexington New England Newton New England Providence New England Rockport New England Salem New England York Rainfall Bliss Rainfall Shore Rainfall Sundown Rainfall Twilight Simplicity Blue Smooth Simplicity Chamoise Simplicity Grey Blue Simplicity Sandy Pebble Simplicity Stone Simplicity Twizzle Tan Stream Light Sand
PANEL FABRICS BY GUILFORD OF MAINE
Style Number
Grade
2062 2064 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2066 2065 2067 2068 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2059 2060 2057 2058 2001 2002 2004 2005 2530 2008 2501
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Name Anchorage Bailey Drift Lido Mingle Spinel Sprite Streetwise Reeds Tweed Birdseye Bix Broadcast Coastline Crosstown Fr701 Auster Block Party Groove Lily Pad Network Nitro Phone Tag Regatta Tempest Cosmos
Style Number
Grade
2335 2299 2539 2858 2527 3582 2671 2721 3078 2737 2748 3008 2758 3495 2526 2100 2537 2538 3497 2318 4158 2317 2314 2400 2120 2655
B B B B B B B B B B C C C C C C D D D D D D D D D E
C.O.M. Fabric Policy • It is mandatory that you work directly with your AIS Customer Service Representative for all COM related testing and orders. They will provide all necessary forms to you, as well as work with you with regard to sending in correct yardage and where to send it, along with necessary RA# or #s. Please note an RA must be submitted along with the fabric for testing, as well as an RA created for an actual order. • Please Note: A three to five yard sample is required for testing and approval for use on all monolithic panel systems. A one yard sample is required for testing and approval on Divi Insert Tiles, Matrix Tiles, flipper doors and tackboards. We may be able to test upholstery fabrics with a swatch, your Customer Service Representative will advise based on the fabric being tested; otherwise a 1 yard sample must be submitted for testing. Results take 48 - 72 hours. • Customer Service must be advised as to the width of the fabric rolls being supplied (54”W or 60”W). Customer Service must also be advised if the fabric has a backer. • Yardage required for the job must be calculated by an AIS Customer Service Rep. • Once AIS has approved the COM fabric, a fabric sample needs to be marked by the dealer with “Front”, “Top”, and “Bottom”, to be sure fabric is applied correctly. The fabric sample then needs to be attached to a COM Fabric Dealer Form and forwarded to AIS Customer Service. The COM Fabric Dealer Form may be downloaded or printed here. • Fabrics may be discontinued or obsolete without notice. • Contact AIS Customer Service with any questions regarding fabric availability. • All directional fabric will be railroaded.
4
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
FINISH OPTIONS Paint, Edgeband, Laminate and Tempered Glass Options DIVI PAINT OPTIONS
Name Black Chalk Dark Tone Grey Value 1 Innertone Light Tone Medium Tone Satin White Warm Brown Champagne Metallic Dark Grey Metallic Flint Grey Metallic Light Grey Metallic Silver Tan Value 1 Warm White Woodrose Antique Gold Blue Graphite Sky Lite Silver Smooth Orange Red Violet Yellow
EDGEBAND OPTIONS
Color Code
Divi Panel Grade
Divi Base Grade
BK CK DT GV1 HT LT MT SW WB CHM DGM FGM LG MS TV1 WW WR AG BL GS LSS OG RD VT YW
A A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B C C C C C C C C
A A A A A A -
Name Absolute Acajou Aimtoo Savatre Black Brazilwood Cabinet Almond Chalk Corporate Walnut Dark Rum Cherry Dark Tone Grand Cherry Grey Value 1 Innertone Leave Likatre Light Tone Looks Likatre Medium Tone Midwest Maple Nightfall Recon Oak Satin White / True White Storm Summer Drops Trytoo Savatre Warm Brown #1 Woodrose
Custom Paints
Grade
AA AS BK BZ CA CK CT DR DT GC GV1 HT LV LT LK MT MM NF RO SW / TW ST SD TS WB1 WR
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Custom Edgeband Options
• Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000 list. Extended lead-time will apply. • Any color not shown on Quick Ship, Standard Grade A, B or C will be considered custom. • A $450 net paint match fee will be assessed following receipt of (2) 5”x5” samples of paint being matched. • Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000.00 list. Extended lead-time will apply. • Additionally, Grade C paint up-charges will be applied to all applicable products on the order. • Important Custom Paint Note: Most paint match pricing can be covered by the Grade C up-charge in the catalog, however the final pricing can only be determined after the paint is matched and a product list is provided to AIS customer service. An additional fee may apply based on job size and paint color.
• A $450 net edge match fee will be assessed to custom match non-standard edgeband. • Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000.00 list. Extended lead-time will apply.
DIVI INSERTS LAMINATE OPTIONS Name Absolute Acajou Aimtoo Savatre Black Brazilwood Cabinet Almond Chalk Corporate Walnut Dark Rum Cherry Grand Cherry Leave Likatre Looks Likatre Midwest Maple Nightfall Paris White Potterware Recon Oak Storm Summer Drops Titanium EV
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Color Code
TEMPERED GLASS OPTIONS
Grade B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Name Clear Frosted Aqui Blue
Panels/Frame/Tiles/ Screens
1/4” Thick Frameless Glass
3/8” Thick Frameless Glass
Y Y N N
Y Y N N
Y Y Y Y
All glass is tempered. The etched side of Frosted is always on Side A of the Frame or Panel. Side B of this glass options are smooth. Please see specific price list pages on each type of glass for list pricing and up-charges.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
5
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 1 Permanent Monolithic Panel Availability Fabric Covered - Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
Fabric Covered - Tackable Surface - Powered/Non-Powered: 82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
50”H
42”H
Nominal Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Nominal Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Quarter Glass - Fabric Covered Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
Half Glass - Fabric Covered Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
Nominal Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Nominal Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
ADA Door Panels: 82”H
ing en Op idth ” W 16 9/ 36
Nominal Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range Widths: 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
6
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 2 Permanent Monolithic Panel Profile
Hanger frame has a slot pattern on a 1” standard increment for hang on components. Slots are 3/4” tall x approximately 1/8” wide. Hanger frame is factory installed and removal is not required for panel installation.
Hanger frame face is factory finished and requires no endcap or HiLo trim after panel installation.
Alignment plate holds panels in vertical alignment and prevents panel shear.
Metal raceway divider (optional) separates low voltage data cables and high voltage electrical cables if desired. Divider attaches to raceway glides and is retrofitable on installed panels.
8 wire 4 circuit powerway is included with every powered panel and is factory installed. Raceway glides are adjustable up to 1 3/4” for installation on unlevel floors and include carpet grippers.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Hanger frame topcap is field installed and remains easily removable to facilitate panel installation and reconfiguration. Panel topcap is factory installed. Topcaps on permanent monolithic panels are fixed.
Base cover assembly ships separate as one piece and installs by sliding under panel after panel installation, hinging up and snapping to the underside of the panel. Non-powered or powered base covers are shipped with non-powered or powered panels, respectively. Base covers have a small “mud flap” for data cable egress.
Duplex outlets are ordered separately. Two outlets can be used per side, four total per panel. Outlets utilize top base cover holes. Duplex outlet covers hide unused duplex outlet or data locations. Six are shipped with every panel. A 24”W gets three duplex outlet covers. Order extra as needed. Snap-in data jack housing (order separately) accommodates six Hubbell or compatible data/voice jacks. Snap-in housings may not be used back to back on a spine wall.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Panel polypropylene hinge inserts into hinge channels built into every hanger frame in order to connect panels together. A 21” length is inserted to the bottom and then an additional length for each panel height needed.
Data cable raceway cavity is approximately 2” wide by 3” tall and can accommodate between 32 and 40 Cat 6 data cables, depending on how tightly they are packed. Cat 5 and 6 data jacks extend beyond center line of raceway, preventing jack housings to be used back to back on a spine. Plan on using “cross corners” on panel to eliminate this issue.
7
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 3 Panel Frame Creep Dimensions 180 degree connection = 1/32 inch between Panels
2 inches at 2-ways
Actual Panel Width = Nominal + 1/8 inch (i.e. 24 inch wide nominal panel = 24 1/8 wide actual)
Interior Width = Actual Panel Width(s) + Total from 180 degree situations (i.e. as above (24 1/8 x 3 )+ (1/32 x 2) = 72 7/16 inch
2 inches at 3-ways and 4-ways as below
1/4 inch 2 inches
1/8 inch At base of panel, Alignment Tabs protrude 1/4 inch from face of panel and 1/8 inch from end.
3/4 inch for Wallmounts
Product Detail 4 Rules for Panel Stability without Components The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels without components to ensure panel stability. Change in height will not effect panel stability.
in
M 2'
4'
5'
Mi
n
4'
186' 'M
ax
Mi
n
6'
8'
Mi
4'
n 10
Mi
n 12
'M
'M
ax
ax
Mi
2'
4'
Mi
n
6'
15
n
'
4'
Mi
n
12
10
16
'
8
Mi
n
8'
6'
Mi
'M
'
Ma
ax
x
n
Wall Mount
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Wall Mount
2'
Mi
4'
n
Mi
n
Wall Mount
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 5 Rules for Panel Stability with Components without Floor Support Fully panel supported workstations are stations without floor support elements. The panels support the load from shelves and worksurfaces alone. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in panel supported workstations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels).
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
’M
8’
’M
ax
42”
ax
42” 42”
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
50”
8’
Ma
x
50”
66”
Ma
x
66”
82”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 66”
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported Raised Overhead
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
8’
10
Ma
10
50” 50”
10
’M
’M
’M
x
ax
42”
ax
42”
50”
42”
ax
42”
66”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported Raised Overhead 10 ’M ax
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
’M
ax
50”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
8’
8’
Ma
x
82”
50”
x
82” 82”
50”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Guide Details: Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb. Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
9
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 6 Rules for Panel Stability with Components and Floor Support Partially panel supported workstations are stations where the worksurfaces are supported from structural lats, peds, A-legs, end panels, etc. in addition to panel supports. The panels support the loads from the overheads but share the load on the surfaces. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in partially panel supported stations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
10
’M
8’
’M
ax
42”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
8’
Ma
x
ax
42”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
42”
Ma
x
50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported Raised Overheads
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
8’
10
Ma
x
50”
10
10
’M
’M
’M
ax
42”
ax
42”
ax
42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported Raised Overheads
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
10
’M
ax
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
8’
x
82”
50”
50”
8’
’M
ax
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Ma
x
82”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Guide Details: Panel Mounted A-Legs, end panels, lateral files and pedestals are the only support types acceptable for fully floor supported Divi panel configurations. Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb.
10
Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb. Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 7 Rules for Panel Stability with Components with only Floor Storage Fully floor supported workstations are stations where the worksurfaces are supported from structural pedestals with panel attachment brackets, A-legs, or standard end panels. The panels support the loads from the overheads but share the load on the surfaces. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in fully floor supported stations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels).
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
8’
’M
ax
6’
Ma
x
42”
Spine Height: 50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
10
ax
Spine Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66”
8’
x
50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
8’
Ma
x
50”
Spine Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
ax
42”
6’
x
66”
’M
’M
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Ma
50”
Spine Height: 42”
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Ma
x
66”
Spine Height: 66”
50”
Spine Height: 50”
Guide Details: Panel Mounted A-Legs, end panels, lateral files and pedestals are the only support types acceptable for fully floor supported Divi panel configurations. Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb. Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
11
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 8 Rules for Panel Stability with Components 24” Deep Worksurfaces:
30” Deep Worksurfaces:
Use standard 24” deep cantilevers Install corner connection bracket (details below)
Use standard 30” deep cantilevers Use side support / rear bracket at the front of the surface Install corner connection bracket (details below)
12
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Corner connection brackets must be installed on 90 degree corners. Corner connection brackets are included with the panels and do not need to be specified separately.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels HARD SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFRPM4224
463
+28
+15
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFRPM4230
501
+28
+15
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFRPM4236
534
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFRPM4242
567
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFRPM4248
601
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFRPM4260
719
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFRPM5024
496
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFRPM5030
551
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFRPM5036
605
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFRPM5042
660
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFRPM5048
718
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFRPM5060
854
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFRPM6624
572
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFRPM6630
633
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFRPM6636
688
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFRPM6642
746
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFRPM6648
801
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFRPM6660
960
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFRPM8224
650
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFRPM8230
718
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFRPM8236
787
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFRPM8242
849
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFRPM8248
931
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Hard Surface are fabric covered hard surface panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
13
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels HARD SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFPPM4224
712
+28
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFPPM4230
748
+28
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFPPM4236
779
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFPPM4242
811
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFPPM4248
847
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFPPM4260
959
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFPPM5024
746
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFPPM5030
797
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFPPM5036
849
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFPPM5042
904
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFPPM5048
959
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFPPM5060
1,092
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFPPM6624
816
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFPPM6630
875
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFPPM6636
936
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFPPM6642
986
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFPPM6648
1,044
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFPPM6660
1,197
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFPPM8224
895
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFPPM8230
959
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFPPM8236
1,024
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFPPM8242
1,088
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFPPM8248
1,151
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Hard Surface are fabric covered hard surface panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
14
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels TACKABLE SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVTRPM5024
605
+28
+15
+50
-56
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +34
50
30
P-DVTRPM5030
640
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVTRPM5036
692
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVTRPM5042
741
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVTRPM5048
788
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVTRPM5060
937
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVTRPM6624
683
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVTRPM6630
730
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVTRPM6636
783
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVTRPM6642
833
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVTRPM6648
884
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVTRPM6660
1,038
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVTRPM8224
760
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVTRPM8230
824
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVTRPM8236
903
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVTRPM8242
979
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVTRPM8248
1,037
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+74
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Tackable Surface are fabric covered, sound absorbing tackable panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
15
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels TACKABLE SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVTPPM5024
875
+28
+50
-56
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +34
50
30
P-DVTPPM5030
912
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVTPPM5036
959
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVTPPM5042
1,010
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVTPPM5048
1,054
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVTPPM5060
1,208
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVTPPM6624
939
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVTPPM6630
988
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVTPPM6636
1,038
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVTPPM6642
1,089
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVTPPM6648
1,141
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVTPPM6660
1,294
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVTPPM8224
1,015
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVTPPM8230
1,078
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVTPPM8236
1,159
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVTPPM8242
1,214
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVTPPM8248
1,267
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
+74
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Tackable Surface are fabric covered, sound absorbing tackable panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
16
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels QUARTER GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVQGWRPM5024
964
+28
+15
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
50
30
P-DVQGWRPM5030
1,057
+28
+15
+50
-32
+22
+46
50
36
P-DVQGWRPM5036
1,152
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
42
P-DVQGWRPM5042
1,247
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
48
P-DVQGWRPM5048
1,337
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
60
P-DVQGWRPM5060
1,518
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
24
P-DVQGWRPM6624
1,112
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
30
P-DVQGWRPM6630
1,228
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
36
P-DVQGWRPM6636
1,346
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
42
P-DVQGWRPM6642
1,464
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
48
P-DVQGWRPM6648
1,579
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
60
P-DVQGWRPM6660
1,812
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
24
P-DVQGWRPM8224
1,263
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
30
P-DVQGWRPM8230
1,404
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
36
P-DVQGWRPM8236
1,544
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
42
P-DVQGWRPM8242
1,682
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
48
P-DVQGWRPM8248
1,826
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Quarter Glass Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. 33” fabric height for 50” high panels, 49” fabric height for 66” high panels, 65” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
17
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels QUARTER GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVQGWPPM5024
1,168
+28
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
50
30
P-DVQGWPPM5030
1,267
+28
+50
-32
+22
+46
50
36
P-DVQGWPPM5036
1,364
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
42
P-DVQGWPPM5042
1,459
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
48
P-DVQGWPPM5048
1,554
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
60
P-DVQGWPPM5060
1,743
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
24
P-DVQGWPPM6624
1,326
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
30
P-DVQGWPPM6630
1,446
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
36
P-DVQGWPPM6636
1,565
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
42
P-DVQGWPPM6642
1,685
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
48
P-DVQGWPPM6648
1,806
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
60
P-DVQGWPPM6660
2,045
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
24
P-DVQGWPPM8224
1,482
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
30
P-DVQGWPPM8230
1,625
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
36
P-DVQGWPPM8236
1,765
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
42
P-DVQGWPPM8242
1,911
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
48
P-DVQGWPPM8248
2,056
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Quarter Glass Powered Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. 33” fabric height for 50” high panels, 49” fabric height for 66” high panels, 65” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
18
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels HALF GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
66
24
P-DVHGWRPM6624
1,112
+28
+15
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
66
30
P-DVHGWRPM6630
1,228
+28
+15
+50
-32
+22
+46
66
36
P-DVHGWRPM6636
1,346
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
42
P-DVHGWRPM6642
1,464
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
48
P-DVHGWRPM6648
1,579
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
60
P-DVHGWRPM6660
1,812
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
82
24
P-DVHGWRPM8224
1,263
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
30
P-DVHGWRPM8230
1,404
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
36
P-DVHGWRPM8236
1,544
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
42
P-DVHGWRPM8242
1,682
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
48
P-DVHGWRPM8248
1,826
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Half Glass Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. 33” fabric height for 66” high panels, 49” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
19
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels HALF GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
66
24
P-DVHGWPPM6624
1,446
+28
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
66
30
P-DVHGWPPM6630
1,446
+28
+50
-32
+22
+46
66
36
P-DVHGWPPM6636
1,565
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
42
P-DVHGWPPM6642
1,685
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
48
P-DVHGWPPM6648
1,806
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
60
P-DVHGWPPM6660
2,045
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
82
24
P-DVHGWPPM8224
1,482
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
30
P-DVHGWPPM8230
1,609
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
36
P-DVHGWPPM8236
1,765
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
42
P-DVHGWPPM8242
1,911
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
48
P-DVHGWPPM8248
2,036
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Half Glass Powered Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. 33” fabric height for 66” high panels, 49” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
20
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels AIR FLOW / WALL ACCESS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFROB4224
742
+28
+15
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFROB4230
794
+28
+15
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFROB4236
853
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFROB4242
899
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFROB4248
961
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFROB4260
1,151
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFROB5024
789
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFROB5030
884
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFROB5036
972
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFROB5042
1,057
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFROB5048
1,139
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFROB5060
1,356
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFROB6624
919
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFROB6630
1,014
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFROB6636
1,101
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFROB6642
1,198
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFROB6648
1,284
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFROB6660
1,539
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFROB8224
1,045
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFROB8230
1,150
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFROB8236
1,262
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFROB8242
1,362
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFROB8248
1,480
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Air Flow / Wall Access are fabric covered hard surface panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
21
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels AIR FLOW / WALL ACCESS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFPOB4224
1,132
+28
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
+60
42
30
P-DVFPOB4230
1,188
+28
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFPOB4236
1,249
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFPOB4242
1,288
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFPOB4248
1,344
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFPOB4260
1,524
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFPOB5024
1,185
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFPOB5030
1,279
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFPOB5036
1,362
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFPOB5042
1,437
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFPOB5048
1,537
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFPOB5060
1,736
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFPOB6624
1,295
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFPOB6630
1,389
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFPOB6636
1,502
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFPOB6642
1,565
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFPOB6648
1,672
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFPOB6660
1,902
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFPOB8224
1,421
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFPOB8230
1,524
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFPOB8236
1,628
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFPOB8242
1,727
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFPOB8248
1,829
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Air Flow / Wall Access are fabric covered hard surface panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Air Flow / Wall Access Panels have a 3” fabric border around the opening that allows for air flow. The height of the opening is 16”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
22
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
FABRIC STACK-ON KITS FOR PERMANENT MONOLITHIC PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
24
P-DVSOFM1624
277
+5
GLASS STACK-ON KITS FOR PERMANENT MONOLITHIC PANELS
Grade C Retainer
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
+5
16
24
P-DVSOGW1624
595
+5
16
30
P-DVSOFM1630
301
+5
+5
16
30
P-DVSOGW1630
671
+5
16
36
P-DVSOFM1636
321
+5
+5
16
36
P-DVSOGW1636
694
+5
16
42
P-DVSOFM1642
346
+5
+5
16
42
P-DVSOGW1642
768
+5
16
48
P-DVSOFM1648
371
+5
+5
16
48
P-DVSOGW1648
829
+5
16
60
P-DVSOFM1660
419
+5
+5
16
60
P-DVSOGW1660
948
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels are a solid stack panel that can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi permanent monolithic panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kits are not load bearing and add exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels are a solid glass stack panel that can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi permanent monolithic panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kits are not load bearing and add exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
23
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS ADA Door Panels and Door Panel Shrouds ADA DOOR PANELS
ADA GLASS WINDOW DOOR PANELS
H
W
Type
Model Number
List
Grade C Panel Trim
H
W
Type
Model Number
List
Grade C Panel Trim
82
48
Left
P-DVDL8248
2,669
+10
+5
82
48
Left
P-DVDLG8248
4,112
+10
+100
82
48
Right
P-DVDR8248
2,669
+10
+5
82
48
Right
P-DVDRG8248
4,112
+10
+100
Left Hand
Grade C Door Paint
Right Hand
Left Hand
Grade C Door Paint
Right Hand
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Door and Door Frame
ADA Door Panels use a steel tube frame with hollow core door, stainless steel threshold, locking ADA door handle and full height transparent window. Includes one panel, one locking ADA lockset, and two keys. Lockset is field installed.
• Paint Selection for Door and Door Frame
ADA Glass Window Door Panels use a steel tube frame with hollow core door, stainless steel threshold, locking ADA door handle and full height transparent window. Includes one panel, one locking ADA lockset, and two keys. Lockset is field installed. Door has a 5” wood painted border around the glass. Metallic paints not available on actual door.
• Style Selection for Tempered Glass Insert • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
2-WAY AND 3-WAY SHROUDS FOR DIVI DOORS Usage
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
2-Way Left Hand
P-DVDBSL90
54
+5
2 Way Right Hand
P-DVDBSR90
54
+5
3-Way
P-DVDBS3W
54
+5
2-Way
• Style Selection for Tempered Glass Insert
3-Way
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
2-Way and 3-Way Shrouds for Divi Doors are painted metal shrouds for use only with Divi doors where standard plastic shrouds will not work. Important: Door shrouds do not have a finished top, order post fillers separately to complete the configuration. Available for QuickShip
24
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Sliding Doors and Sliding Door Kits 66” HIGH NON-LOCKING SLIDING DOOR
82” HIGH SLIDING DOOR WITH TOP TRACK BAR
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
66
36
P-DVRPS6636
1,668
+25
82
36
P-DVRPSS8236
2,296
+25
66
42
P-DVRPS6642
1,792
+25
82
42
P-DVRPSS8242
2,435
+25
66
48
P-DVRPS6648
1,914
+25
82
48
P-DVRPSS8248
2,581
+25
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Sliding Door Frame
Sliding Door attaches to frame face at either left or right, outside or inside of an opening. Sliding doors are available to accommodate 36”, 42” and 48” wide openings and are 66” or 82” high. 82” doors come with a top track bar kit for added stability. Lightweight, aluminum frame, painted as specified, with a ribbed lexan insert. Sliding door extends 1 ½” into opening when fully open and stands a total of 2” off panel face. These dimensions should be taken into consideration when planning for ADA door openings and aisle dimension requirements if door is mounted on outside of office.
END OF RUN SLIDING DOOR TRIM KITS H
Model Number
List
SLIDING DOOR HANDLE KIT
Grade C Paint
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
A-UNRPSH
169
+10
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
P-DVRPSL
283
+10
66
P-UNRPSEOR66
387
+25
82
P-UNRPSEOR82
418
+25
Front
Back
SLIDING DOOR LOCK KIT Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
End of Run Sliding Door Trim Kits are sold and specified separately. End of run trim kit is used to close the gap created when the sliding door is against a 2-way or 3-way connector situation. Available for QuickShip
Notes Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
25
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 1 Possible Insert Panel Side Elevations
42” h Mono
50” h Mono
Insert Panel Monolithic Elevation
66” h Mono
82” h Mono
42” h Seg
Insert Panel Segmented Elevation
50” h Seg
66” h Seg
82” h Seg
50” h 66” h 66” h 82” h 82” h 66” h 82” h 82” h Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass H-glass H-glass H-glass Seg Mono Mono Seg Mono Seg Mono Mono
Quarter Glass Monolithic Elevation
Quarter Glass Segmented Elevation
Half Glass Monolithic Elevation
Half Glass Segmented Elevation
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
26
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details
Product Detail 2 Insert Panel Availability Monolithic Front/Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
42”H
50”H
42”H
2
2 1
Side B
Side A
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
4 3
1
1
1
Side B
Side A
1
2
1
1
3
Side B
Side A
2 1
Side A
Side B
Side B
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Segmented Front/Segmented Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H 50”H
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
42”H 2
2 2
1
1
Side A
Side B
82”H 66”H
66”H
50”H
1 1
1
Side B
Side A
1
1
Side A
Side B
1
1
Side B
Side A
Side B
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Insert - Powered/Non-Powered:
Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H 66”H
66”H
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
3 2
1
1 1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
27
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 2 Insert Panel Availability (Cont.) Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Insert Pnael - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
2
1
1
1
1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
2 1
Side A
2 1
Side B
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Product Detail 3 Panel Profile
Hanger frame has a slot pattern on a 1” standard increment for hang on components. Slots are 3/4” tall x approximately 1/8” wide. Hanger frame is factory installed and removal is not required for panel installation.
28
Hanger frame face is factory finished and requires no endcap or HiLo trim after panel installation.
Hanger frame topcap is field installed and remains easily removable to facilitate panel installation and reconfiguration. Panel topcap is factory installed. Topcaps on permanent monolithic panels are fixed.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Panel polypropylene hinge inserts into hinge channels built into every hanger frame in order to connect panels together. A 21” length is inserted to the bottom and then an additional length for each panel height needed.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details
Product Detail 3 Panel Profile (Cont.)
Alignment plate holds panels in vertical alignment and prevents panel shear. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway is included with every powered panel and is factory installed. Raceway glides are adjustable up to 1 3/4” for installation on unlevel floors and include carpet grippers.
Insert panel topcaps can be removed to facilitate insert replacement.
Metal raceway divider (optional) separates low voltage data cables and high voltage electrical cables if desired. Divider attaches to raceway glides and is retrofitable on installed panels. Base cover assembly ships separate as one piece and installs by sliding under panel after panel installation, hinging up and snapping to the underside of the panel. Non-powered or powered base covers are shipped with non-powered or powered panels, respectively. Base covers have a small “mud flap” for data cable egress.
Duplex outlets are ordered separately. Two outlets can be used per side, four total per panel. Outlets utilize top base cover holes. Duplex outlet covers hide unused duplex outlet or data locations. Six are shipped with every panel. A 24”W gets three duplex outlet covers. Order extra as needed. Snap-in data jack housing (order separately) accommodates six Hubbell or compatible data/voice jacks. Snap-in housings may not be used back to back on a spine wall.
Data cable raceway cavity is approximately 2” wide by 3” tall and can accommodate between 32 and 40 Cat 6 data cables, depending on how tightly they are packed. Cat 5 and 6 data jacks extend beyond center line of raceway, preventing jack housings to be used back to back on a spine. Plan on using “cross corners” on panel to eliminate this issue.
Inserts are removable by sliding out from the top of the hanger frame channels. Insert retainers separate tiles horizontally and may be removed by sliding up and out of the top of the panel.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
29
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 4 Panel Frame Creep Dimensions 180 degree connection = 1/32 inch between Panels
2 inches at 2-ways
Actual Panel Width = Nominal + 1/8 inch (i.e. 24 inch wide nominal panel = 24 1/8 wide actual)
Interior Width = Actual Panel Width(s) + Total from 180 degree situations (i.e. as above (24 1/8 x 3 )+ (1/32 x 2) = 72 7/16 inch
2 inches at 3-ways and 4-ways as below
1/4 inch 1/8 inch
2 inches
At base of panel, Alignment Tabs protrude 1/4 inch from face of panel and 1/8 inch from end.
3/4 inch for Wallmounts
Product Detail 5 Insert Panel Specifications 66” High x 36” Wide Example Panel Segmented Front and Back
For instance, a 66”H x 36”W segmented panel has a total of six inserts (three inserts per side). If the three inserts on Side A were to be Grade C fabric, the upcharge for the panel would be $47.
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Total upcharge = $47 for the panel. If the Position 1 and Position 2 inserts on Side A were to be Grade C fabric, and the Position 3 insert on Side A were to be Grade D fabric, the upcharge for the panel would be $61. Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade D Upcharge = $27 Total upcharge = $61 for the panel.
P1 = 27”
Side A
30
P1 = 27”
Side B
If all six inserts (three on Side A, three on Side B) were to be Grade C fabric, the Grade C fabric upcharge for the panel would be $94. • Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 • Side B Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 • Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side B Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side B Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Total upcharge = $94 for the panel. Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Inserts
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK INSERTS - NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK INSERTS - POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
24
P-DVFRMM4224
541
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPMM4224
770
+28
+50
42
30
P-DVFRMM4230
577
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPMM4230
831
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRMM4236
661
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPMM4236
925
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRMM4242
698
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPMM4242
978
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRMM4248
748
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPMM4248
1,046
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRMM4260
859
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPMM4260
1,161
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRMM5024
584
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPMM5024
811
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRMM5030
627
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPMM5030
876
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRMM5036
725
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPMM5036
987
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRMM5042
760
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPMM5042
1,037
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRMM5048
830
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPMM5048
1,119
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRMM5060
948
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPMM5060
1,250
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRMM6624
678
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPMM6624
916
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRMM6630
723
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPMM6630
972
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRMM6636
851
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPMM6636
1,113
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRMM6642
899
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPMM6642
1,178
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRMM6648
969
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPMM6648
1,259
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRMM6660
1,092
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPMM6660
1,393
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRMM8224
805
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPMM8224
1,032
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRMM8230
870
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPMM8230
1,110
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRMM8236
989
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPMM8236
1,241
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRMM8242
1,079
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPMM8242
1,343
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRMM8248
1,152
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPMM8248
1,428
+28
+50
P1 = 35”
Front
P1 = 43”
P1 = 35”
42” High
Back
Front
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
P1 = 59”
P1 = 59”
Front
Back
P1 = 75”
P1 = 75”
Front
Back
P1 = 43”
50” High
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Monolithic Front/Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered. Powered includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
31
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
42
24
P-DVFRMS4224
567
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPMS4224
817
+28
+50
42
30
P-DVFRMS4230
605
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPMS4230
873
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRMS4236
691
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPMS4236
972
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRMS4242
729
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPMS4242
1,027
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRMS4248
787
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPMS4248
1,097
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRMS4260
898
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPMS4260
1,225
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRMS5024
614
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPMS5024
869
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRMS5030
658
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPMS5030
926
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRMS5036
758
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPMS5036
1,043
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRMS5042
801
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPMS5042
1,099
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRMS5048
861
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPMS5048
1,175
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRMS5060
974
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPMS5060
1,311
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRMS6624
737
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPMS6624
993
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRMS6630
788
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPMS6630
1,057
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRMS6636
920
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPMS6636
1,205
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRMS6642
964
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPMS6642
1,266
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRMS6648
1,037
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPMS6648
1,353
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRMS6660
1,178
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPMS6660
1,508
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRMS8224
927
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPMS8224
1,158
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRMS8230
992
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPMS8230
1,236
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRMS8236
1,135
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPMS8236
1,391
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRMS8242
1,206
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPMS8242
1,474
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRMS8248
1,288
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPMS8248
1,569
+28
+50
P4 = 16” P3 = 16” P2 = 16”
P2 = 08” P1 = 35”
Front
42” High
P1 = 43”
P1 = 27”
Back
Front
P1 = 59”
P1 = 27”
50” High
Back
Front
P1 = 75”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with monolithic insert surface on front side and segmented insert surface on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included for non-powered panels. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included for powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider, powered panels may be ordered with raceway dividers. Powered includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Options (Non-Powered)
32
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Inserts
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK INSERTS - NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK INSERTS - POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
24
P-DVFRSS4224
603
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPSS4224
42
30
P-DVFRSS4230
646
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPSS4230
901
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRSS4236
735
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPSS4236
1,002
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRSS4242
775
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPSS4242
1,057
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRSS4248
833
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPSS4248
1,129
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRSS4260
948
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPSS4260
1,257
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRSS5024
657
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPSS5024
898
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRSS5030
702
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPSS5030
958
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRSS5036
810
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPSS5036
1,078
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRSS5042
851
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPSS5042
1,133
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRSS5048
915
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPSS5048
1,209
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRSS5060
1,039
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPSS5060
1,336
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRSS6624
812
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPSS6624
1,053
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRSS6630
870
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPSS6630
1,125
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRSS6636
1,005
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPSS6636
1,275
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRSS6642
1,049
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPSS6642
1,332
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRSS6648
1,125
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPSS6648
1,421
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRSS6660
1,276
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPSS6660
1,585
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRSS8224
1,033
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPSS8224
1,263
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRSS8230
1,098
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPSS8230
1,354
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRSS8236
1,265
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPSS8236
1,532
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRSS8242
1,311
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPSS8242
1,595
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRSS8248
1,402
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPSS8248
1,698
+28
+50
P2 = 08”
P2 = 08”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
42” High
Back
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
843
+28
+50
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
50” High
P4 = 16”
P4 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
Front
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4
Segmented Front/Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
33
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
50
24
P-DVQGWRMM5024
1,021
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVQGWPMM5024
50
30
P-DVQGWRMM5030
1,119
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVQGWPMM5030
50
36
P-DVQGWRMM5036
1,220
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVQGWPMM5036
1,444
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVQGWRMM5042
1,318
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVQGWPMM5042
1,545
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVQGWRMM5048
1,415
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVQGWPMM5048
1,645
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVQGWRMM5060
1,591
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVQGWPMM5060
1,844
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWRMM6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPMM6624
1,403
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWRMM6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPMM6630
1,530
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWRMM6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPMM6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWRMM6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPMM6642
1,784
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWRMM6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPMM6648
1,911
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWRMM6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPMM6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWRMM8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPMM8224
1,554
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWRMM8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPMM8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWRMM8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPMM8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWRMM8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPMM8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWRMM8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPMM8248
2,176
+28
+50
16” Glass
16” Glass
16” Glass
P1 = 43”
P1 = 43”
W
16” Glass
P1 = 27”
Front
H
Model Number
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,237
+28
+50
1,341
+28
+50
List
16” Glass
16” Glass
P1 = 59”
P1 = 59”
P1 = 27”
50” High
Back
Front
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Back Quarter Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window inserts and painted metal trim with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
34
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVQGWRMS6624
1,177
+28
+15
66
30
P-DVQGWRMS6630
1,303
+28
+15
66
36
P-DVQGWRMS6636
1,424
+28
66
42
P-DVQGWRMS6642
1,549
+28
66
48
P-DVQGWRMS6648
1,672
66
60
P-DVQGWRMS6660
1,918
82
24
P-DVQGWRMS8224
82
30
82
36
82 82
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPMS6624
1,388
+28
+50
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPMS6630
1,530
+28
+50
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPMS6636
1,655
+28
+50
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPMS6642
1,784
+28
+50
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPMS6648
1,911
+28
+50
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPMS6660
2,163
+28
+50
1,323
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPMS8224
1,554
+28
+50
P-DVQGWRMS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPMS8230
1,703
+28
+50
P-DVQGWRMS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPMS8236
1,868
+28
+50
42
P-DVQGWRMS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPMS8242
2,003
+28
+50
48
P-DVQGWRMS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPMS8248
2,155
+28
+50
16” Glass 16” Glass P1 = 43”
Front
16” Glass
P1 = 59”
16” Glass P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window inserts and painted metal trim, with monolithic insert surface on front side and segmented insert surface on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1 • Insert Style for Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
35
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVQGWRSS6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPSS6624
1,388
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWRSS6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPSS6630
1,515
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWRSS6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPSS6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWRSS6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPSS6642
1,767
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWRSS6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPSS6648
1,911
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWRSS6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPSS6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWRSS8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPSS8224
1,569
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWRSS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPSS8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWRSS8236
1,617
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPSS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWRSS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPSS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWRSS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPSS8248
2,176
+28
+50
16” Glass
16” Glass P3 = 16”
16” Glass
16” Glass
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
Front
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Segmented Front / Back Quarter Glass Insert are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels include six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
36
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVHGWRMM6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVHGWPMM6624
66
30
P-DVHGWRMM6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVHGWPMM6630
66
36
P-DVHGWRMM6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVHGWPMM6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVHGWRMM6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVHGWPMM6642
1,767
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVHGWRMM6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVHGWPMM6648
1,894
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVHGWRMM6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVHGWPMM6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWRMM8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPMM8224
1,554
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWRMM8230
1,485
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPMM8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWRMM8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPMM8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRMM8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPMM8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRMM8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPMM8248
2,155
+28
+50
32” Glass
32” Glass
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
66” High
H
W
Model Number
32” Glass
32” Glass
P1 = 43”
P1 = 43”
Front
82” High
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,388
+28
+50
1,515
+28
+50
List
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Back Half Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
37
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
82
24
P-DVHGWRMS8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPMS8224
1,569
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWRMS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPMS8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWRMS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPMS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRMS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPMS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRMS8248
1,912
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPMS8248
2,155
+28
+50
32” Glass
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
32” Glass
P2 = 16” P1 = 43”
Front
P1 = 27”
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim, with monolithic insert surfaces on front side and segmented insert surfaces on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Powered panels may be ordered with power/ data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1 • Insert Style for Side B Position 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
38
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Inserts SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
82
24
P-DVHGWRSS8224
1,323
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPSS8224
82
30
P-DVHGWRSS8230
1,485
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPSS8230
82
36
P-DVHGWRSS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPSS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRSS8242
1,782
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPSS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRSS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPSS8248
2,155
+28
+50
H
32” Glass
32” Glass
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
82” High
W
Model Number
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,554
+28
+50
1,719
+28
+50
List
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Segmented Front / Back Half Glass Powered Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels include six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
39
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels FABRIC STACK-ON KITS FOR INSERT PANELS
GLASS STACK-ON KITS FOR INSERT PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Retainer
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
24
P-DVSOF1624
267
+5
+5
16
24
P-DVSOGW1624
595
+5
16
30
P-DVSOF1630
290
+5
+5
16
30
P-DVSOGW1630
671
+5
16
36
P-DVSOF1636
310
+5
+5
16
36
P-DVSOGW1636
694
+5
16
42
P-DVSOF1642
334
+5
+5
16
42
P-DVSOGW1642
768
+5
16
48
P-DVSOF1648
358
+5
+5
16
48
P-DVSOGW1648
829
+5
16
60
P-DVSOF1660
404
+5
+5
16
60
P-DVSOGW1660
948
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Insert Fabric Stack-On Panel Kits are a solid stack panel for insert panels and can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi insert panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kit is not for use on permanent monolithic panels. Stack-on kit is non-load bearing and adds exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stacks-on kits can be placed on solid, quarter glass, or half glass insert panels. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Topcap on existing panel is reused on top of the stack on panel. No top cap ships with the stack panels.
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Insert Glass Stack-On Panel Kits are a solid glass stack panel for insert panels and can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi insert panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/ sound privacy. Note: Stack-on kit is not for use on permanent monolithic panels. Stack-on kit is nonload bearing and adds exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits can be placed on solid, quarter glass, or half glass insert panels. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
40
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Replacement Fabric Inserts REPLACEMENT FABRIC INSERTS
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
8
24
P-DVSFR0824
140
-3
+4
+7
43
24
P-DVSFR4324
190
-28
+23
+50
8
30
P-DVSFR0830
140
-3
+4
+7
43
30
P-DVSFR4330
190
-28
+23
+50
8
36
P-DVSFR0836
154
-3
+7
+14
43
36
P-DVSFR4336
246
-28
+46
+100
8
42
P-DVSFR0842
154
-3
+7
+14
43
42
P-DVSFR4342
246
-28
+46
+100
8
48
P-DVSFR0848
154
-3
+7
+14
43
48
P-DVSFR4348
246
-28
+46
+100
8
60
P-DVSFR0860
154
-3
+7
+14
43
60
P-DVSFR4360
246
-28
+46
+100
16
24
P-DVSFR1624
154
-6
+7
+14
59
24
P-DVSFR5924
205
-28
+23
+50
16
30
P-DVSFR1630
154
-6
+7
+14
59
30
P-DVSFR5930
205
-28
+23
+50
16
36
P-DVSFR1636
165
-6
+13
+27
59
36
P-DVSFR5936
284
-28
+46
+100
16
42
P-DVSFR1642
165
-6
+13
+27
59
42
P-DVSFR5942
284
-28
+46
+100
16
48
P-DVSFR1648
165
-6
+13
+27
59
48
P-DVSFR5948
284
-28
+46
+100
16
60
P-DVSFR1660
165
-6
+13
+27
59
60
P-DVSFR5960
284
-28
+46
+100
27
24
P-DVSFR2724
162
-16
+11
+23
75
24
P-DVSFR7524
238
-47
+30
+64
27
30
P-DVSFR2730
162
-16
+11
+23
75
30
P-DVSFR7530
238
-47
+30
+64
27
36
P-DVSFR2736
196
-16
+21
+46
75
36
P-DVSFR7536
315
-47
+59
+127
27
42
P-DVSFR2742
196
-16
+21
+46
75
42
P-DVSFR7542
315
-47
+59
+127
27
48
P-DVSFR2748
196
-16
+21
+46
75
48
P-DVSFR7548
315
-47
+59
+127
27
60
P-DVSFR2760
196
-16
+21
+46
35
24
P-DVSFR3524
173
-23
+14
+30
35
30
P-DVSFR3530
173
-23
+14
+30
35
36
P-DVSFR3536
226
-23
+28
+59
35
42
P-DVSFR3542
226
-23
+28
+59
35
48
P-DVSFR3548
226
-23
+28
+59
35
60
P-DVSFR3560
226
-23
+28
+59
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Insert
Replacement Fabric Inserts are specified only when replacing fabric inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
41
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Replacement Laminate and Embossed Steel Inserts REPLACEMENT LAMINATE INSERTS
REPLACEMENT EMBOSSED STEEL INSERTS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
8
24
P-DVSL0824
9
+17
8
24
P-DVSD0824
101
+5
8
30
P-DVSL0830
11
+21
8
30
P-DVSD0830
111
+5
8
36
P-DVSL0836
13
+25
8
36
P-DVSD0836
112
+5
8
42
P-DVSL0842
15
+29
8
42
P-DVSD0842
125
+5
8
48
P-DVSL0848
17
+34
8
48
P-DVSD0848
156
+5
8
60
P-DVSL0860
19
+40
8
60
P-DVSD0860
180
+5
16
24
P-DVSL1624
13
+34
16
24
P-DVSD1624
137
+5
16
30
P-DVSL1630
17
+42
16
30
P-DVSD1630
159
+5
16
36
P-DVSL1636
21
+50
16
36
P-DVSD1636
165
+5
16
42
P-DVSL1642
25
+59
16
42
P-DVSD1642
174
+5
16
48
P-DVSL1648
29
+67
16
48
P-DVSD1648
238
+5
16
60
P-DVSL1660
34
+76
16
60
P-DVSD1660
281
+5
27
24
P-DVSL2724
21
+50
27
24
P-DVSD2724
182
+5
27
30
P-DVSL2730
29
+63
27
30
P-DVSD2730
211
+5
27
36
P-DVSL2736
38
+75
27
36
P-DVSD2736
228
+5
27
42
P-DVSL2742
46
+88
27
42
P-DVSD2742
241
+5
27
48
P-DVSL2748
54
+100
27
48
P-DVSD2748
322
+5
27
60
P-DVSL2760
63
+112
27
60
P-DVSD2760
346
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Laminate Selection for Insert
Replacement Laminate Inserts are specified only when replacing laminate inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change.
• Paint Selection for Insert
Replacement Embossed Steel Inserts are specified only when replacing embossed steel inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change.
Available for QuickShip
42
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Fabric Insert Upcharges
Refer below for upcharges/discounts for all insert panels. Prices are per insert. White board inserts are the same price as Grade A Fabric inserts.
FABRIC INSERT UPCHARGES Insert Size
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Laminate Insert
Grade C Laminate
Embossed Steel Insert
Grade C Paint
8 x 24
-3
+4
+7
+8
+17
+97
+5
8 x 30
-3
+4
+7
+10
+21
+107
+5
8 x 36
-3
+7
+14
+12
+25
+108
+5
8 x 42
-3
+7
+14
+14
+29
+120
+5
8 x 48
-3
+7
+14
+16
+34
+150
+5
8 x 60
-3
+7
+14
+18
+40
+173
+5
16 x 24
-6
+7
+14
+12
+34
+132
+5
16 x 30
-6
+7
+14
+16
+42
+153
+5
16 x 36
-6
+13
+27
+20
+50
+143
+5
16 x 42
-6
+13
+27
+24
+59
+168
+5
16 x 48
-6
+13
+27
+28
+67
+229
+5
16 x 60
-6
+13
+27
+32
+76
+271
+5
27 x 24
-16
+11
+23
+20
+50
+175
+5
27 x 30
-16
+11
+23
+28
+63
+203
+5
27 x 36
-16
+21
+46
+36
+75
+198
+5
27 x 42
-16
+21
+46
+44
+88
+232
+5
27 x 48
-16
+21
+46
+52
+100
+311
+5
27 x 60
-16
+21
+46
+60
+112
+334
+5
35 x 24
-23
+14
+30
-
-
-
-
35 x 30
-23
+14
+30
-
-
-
-
35 x 36
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 42
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 48
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 60
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
43 x 24
-28
+17
+37
-
-
-
-
43 x 30
-28
+17
+37
-
-
-
-
43 x 36
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 42
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 48
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 60
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
59 x 24
-28
+23
+50
-
-
-
-
59 x 30
-28
+23
+50
-
-
-
-
59 x 36
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 42
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 48
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 60
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
75 x 24
-47
+30
+64
-
-
-
-
75 x 30
-47
+30
+64
-
-
-
-
75 x 36
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
75 x 42
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
75 x 48
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
43
DIVI
CONNECTORS Divi Connector Product Details Product Detail 1 Possible Insert Panel Side Elevations
The panel connection hinge is able to be used in numerous types of panel connections as shown below. No additional panel connection hardware is needed to connect panels. However, base raceway shrouds are required for certain 2-way and 3-way applications to cover electrical and data cables.
Straight / 180˚ Connection: Hinge channels in hanger frame form a 90˚ angle when two panels are aligned in a straight line. The hinge is extruded at this angle and installs easily when panels are started at this angle. After installation of hinge, panels can be rotated to achieve other angles.
2-Way 90˚ Connection:
( 90˚ Raceway (90) 2-Way deg) 2-way Shroud
raceway shroud
3-Way 90˚ Connection:
2-Way 60˚/120˚ Connection:
deg) 2-way ((60/120 60˚/120˚ ) 2-Way Raceway Shroud raceway shroud
3-Way 120˚ Connection:
2-Way 45˚/135˚ Connection:
((45/135 45˚/135˚ ) deg) 2-Way 2-way Raceway Shroud raceway shroud
4-Way 90˚ Connection:
((90 90˚ )deg) 3-Way3-way Raceway Shroud
raceway shroud
44
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
CONNECTORS Base Raceway Shrouds 90° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
120°/ 60° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
P-DVBS90
17
+8
P-DVBS60
17
+8
135°/ 45° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
90° 3-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
P-DVBS45
17
+8
P-DVBS3W
17
+8
END BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS Model Number
List
P-DVSEOR
17
Specify
Notes
• Color Selection for Shroud Cover
Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways in order to cover data/electrical cable exposure.
• Raceway Divider Option
90° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 90° panel connections. 120°/60° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 120°/60° panel connections. 135°/45° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 135°/45° panel connections. 90° 3-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 90° 3-way panel connections. End Base Raceway Shroud are required to trim base raceways at end of panel runs. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
45
DIVI
CONNECTORS Wall Mount Kits and Wall Tracks WALL MOUNT KITS
WALL TRACKS
H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVWMKIT42
76
+15
60
A-WTRK60
126
+5
50
P-DVWMKIT50
85
+15
80
A-WTRK80
154
+5
66
P-DVWMKIT66
111
+15
82
P-DVWMKIT82
138
+15
STACK PANEL WALL MOUNT KIT H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
P-DVWMKIT16
72
+15
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Wall Track mounts to fixed walls to provide slotted channel for worksurface support brackets, tackboards or shelves. Slots are on 1” vertical repeat pattern. Wall track mounting holes are 1/4” diameter, repeating 6” on center starting 1/2” from top of track. Hardware for mounting wall track to walls is not included. Use hardware appropriate to wall type. Wall track may not be shared between shelf units, flipper door units, or tackboards. Track sits approximately 5” off floor when leveled with top of panels to accomodate wall cover base. Shelving Units and Flipper door units may not share a Wall Track. Two sticks of Wall Track are required for each unit being mounted. Available for QuickShip
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Wall Mount Kits mount panel perpendicular to fixed wall. Specify according to the height of the panel to be mounted. Wall mount hardware to attach wall mount to wall is not included. Includes hinges. Available for QuickShip
46
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
CONNECTORS Post Filler Kits 2-WAY POST FILLER
3-WAY POST FILLER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPF242
243
+10
42
P-DVPF342
228
+10
50
P-DVPF250
248
+10
50
P-DVPF350
236
+10
58
P-DVPF258
256
+10
58
P-DVPF358
243
+10
66
P-DVPF266
260
+10
66
P-DVPF366
251
+10
82
P-DVPF282
308
+10
82
P-DVPF382
297
+10
98
P-DVPF298
354
+10
98
P-DVPF398
340
+10
4-WAY POST FILLER
END OF RUN POST FILLER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPF442
113
+10
42
P-DVPFE42
227
+10
50
P-DVPF450
122
+10
50
P-DVPFE50
233
+10
58
P-DVPF458
130
+10
58
P-DVPFE58
241
+10
66
P-DVPF466
136
+10
66
P-DVPFE66
248
+10
82
P-DVPF482
181
+10
82
P-DVPFE82
290
+10
98
P-DVPF498
222
+10
98
P-DVPFE98
332
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Post Fillers can be used to cover wires in the vertical cavities created when two or more panels are joined at 90° angles or simply as an aesthetic piece. 2-way, 3-way, and end or run fillers include a base shroud. Post fillers are not needed for panel connection, stability, or structural integrity. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
47
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Divi Electrical Product Details Product Detail 1 Electrical Components (8 Wire, 4 Circuit) AIS Divi 8 Wire 4 Circuit electrical system contains four circuits. Each circuit is rated at 20 amps/120 volts maximum. Circuit 1, Circuit 2 and Circuit 3 are served by a system neutral and an equipment ground. Circuit 4 is dedicated and is served by its own neutral and ground. Circuit and ground conductors are #12 A.G.W. (gauge). All neutrals are #10 A.G.W. (gauge).
White & Black Wire
Circuit 1/2/3 Ground
Green Wire
Circuit 4 Ground
Green & Yellow Wire
Circuit 4 Neutral
White & Red Wire
Circuit 2 Hot
Red Wire
Circuit 3 Hot
Blue Wire Hot Neutral Ground
Black Wire
Circuit 1/2/3 Neutral
Hot Neutral Ground
Circuit 1 Hot
Hot Neutral Ground
Pink Wire
Hot Neutral Ground
Circuit 4 Hot
Shown below is a cross section of metal cable used for 8 Wire 4 Circuit jumpers and infeeds. Circuit and ground conductors are #12 A.G.W. (gauge). All neutrals are #10 A.G.W. (gauge).
Cross Section 8 Wire 4 Circuit Cable Metal Cable Jacket Hot 1 (Black) Hot 2 (Red) Neutral 1/2/3 (White/Black) (#10g) Ground 1/2/3 (Green)
Hot 3 (Blue)
Neutral 4 (White/Red) (#10g) Ground 4 (Green/Yellow) Hot 4 (Pink)
4D
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Powerways provide electrical distribution and access for duplex outlets back to back. 24” wide panels can accept only one duplex outlet per side, two total back to back. All other panels can accept two per side, four total back to back. Powerways “grow” in length with frames of greater width, making panel to panel connections a “standard” configuration and allowing for “pass through” connections. Each powerway has locations for up to four jumpers, two at each end. Powerways are included when ordering powered panels.
2 Jumper connection locations
1 Duplex outlet location
8 Wire 4 Circuit Powerway for 24"w panel
Duplex Outlets are designated as circuits 1 through 4. Each duplex outlet contains two single receptacles (places to plug into) of the same circuit and are specified separately from powerways. All duplex outlets have black faces. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 1, 2 and 3 is white. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 4 is orange. Outlets are screw mounted to powerway. Duplex outlets are standard 15 amp outlets. For 20 amp outlets, call AIS Customer Service.
Powerway mounting holes 1 Duplex outlet location 2 Jumper connection locations
2 Jumper connection locations
2 Duplex outlet locations
Outlet mounting hole
8 Wire 4 Circuit Powerway for 36"w panel
48
Common Equipment Amperages: Personal Computer ..... 2.00 - 4.00 Laser Printer ................ 5.00 - 8.00 Desktop Plotter ........... 1.50 4D Fan .............................. 1.00 Heater .......................... 8.50 - 12.50 Tasklight ...................... 1.00 Slide Projector ............. 2.00 - 6.00 Coffee Pot ....................15.00 Paper Shredder ........... 4.40 - 13.00 Radio ........................... 0.05 Pencil Sharpener ......... 1.00 Calculator .................... 0.25 Answering Machine ..... 0.08
2 Duplex outlet locations Jumper locking clip 2 Jumper connection locations
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Panel-to-Panel and Lateral Pass Through Jumpers PANEL-TO-PANEL JUMPERS
I-CONNECTOR
L
Type
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
18
Standard
E-MX8W4PTPC18
150
E-UN8W4ICON
109
21
Extended
E-MX8W4PTPC21
158
Notes
Notes
Panel-to-Panel Jumper connects any two adjacent powered panels connected in a straight line or at an angle. Order an Extended Panel-to-Panel Jumper to connect any two powered panels across the gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection. 90º, 120º and 135º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper.
An I-Connector is only required when it is necessary to connect two male end jumpers. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
LATERAL PASS THROUGH JUMPERS
EXTENDED LATERAL PASS THROUGH JUMPERS
Panel W
Actual L
Model Number
List
Panel W
Actual L
Model Number
List
24
43
E-MW8W4PJ24
214
24
45
E-MW8W4PJ24E
223
30
48
E-MW8W4PJ30
231
30
51
E-MW8W4PJ30E
235
36
55
E-MW8W4PJ36
238
36
57
E-MW8W4PJ36E
242
42
61
E-MW8W4PJ42
245
42
63
E-MW8W4PJ42E
249
48
67
E-MW8W4PJ48
265
48
69
E-MW8W4PJ48E
271
60
79
E-MW8W4PJ60
284
60
81
E-MW8W4PJ60E
299
Notes
Notes
Lateral Pass Through Jumpers pass through a non-powered panel to connect two powered panels. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
Extended Lateral Pass Through Jumpers are extended 1 11/16” to pass through a non-powered panel and the additional gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection to connect two powered panels. 90º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
49
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Duplex Outlets DUPLEX OUTLETS
CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 CONTROLLED DUPLEX OUTLETS
Line
Model Number
List
Line
Model Number
List
1
E-MW8W4DO1
52
1
E-MW8W4T24DO1
60
2
E-MW8W4DO2
52
2
E-MW8W4T24DO2
60
3
E-MW8W4DO3
52
3
E-MW8W4T24DO3
60
4
E-MW8W4DO4
52
4
E-MW8W4T24DO4
60
“Controlled” Symbol
Notes
Notes
Duplex Outlets are available at designated circuits 1 through 4. Each duplex outlet contains two single receptacles (places to plug into) of the same circuit and are specified separately from powerways. All duplex outlets have black faces. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 1, 2 and 3 is white. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 4 is orange. Outlets are screw mounted to powerway. Duplex outlets are standard 15 amp outlets.
In California, 50 percent of all outlets in a systems panel cluster or benching cluster, for new construction, MUST be controlled outlets, even if there is no task lighting. Customers should plan on using circuits 2 and 3 for controlled circuits, and plan general load for all other items on circuits 1 and 4. If using 2 + 2 configuration, controlled circuits should be 1 and 2, and general load circuits on 4 and 5. Outlets must have the “controlled” symbol for identification purposes.
Available for QuickShip
USB OUTLETS
DUPLEX OUTLET HOLE COVERS
Line
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
1
E-UN8W4USB01
225
E-UNWC
20
2
E-UN8W4USB02
225
3
E-UN8W4USB03
225
4
E-UN8W4USB04
225
Notes
Specify
Notes
USB Outlets bring charging options to panel power distribution systems. The USB Outlets provide convenient charging power access through dual ports on the face of the receptacle. The USB Outlets offer a total of 2 Amps between two USB charging ports. The USB Outlets are UL and FCC Part 15A approved.
• Color Selection for Hole Cover
Duplex Outlet Hole Covers are supplied with each powered panel to cover unused duplex outlet locations (six). 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Order extra hole covers separately only when required. Available for QuickShip
Note: Certain areas of Chicago prohibit the use of modular electrical systems and require all electrical components to be hardwired. All electrical components need to be supplied by the electrician.
50
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL In-Feeds SIDE MOUNTED BASE IN-FEEDS
NEW YORK CITY SIDE MOUNTED BASE IN-FEEDS
Length
Model Number
List
Length
Model Number
List
72
E-UN8W4BIFS
338
72
E-HM8W4BIFSNY
676
Notes
Notes
Extended Lateral Pass Through Jumpers are extended 1 11/16” to pass through a non-powered panel and the additional gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection to connect two powered panels. 90º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
New York City Side Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to side of powerway. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. New York City code requires the use of a special base feed with an in-line junction box.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
RECEPTACLE MOUNT BASE IN-FEEDS Length
Hand
NEW YORK CITY RECEPTACLE MOUNT BASE IN-FEEDS
Model Number
List
Length
Hand
Model Number
List
72
Left
E-UN8W4BIFL
364
72
Left
E-HM8W4BIFLNY
709
72
Right
E-UN8W4BIFR
364
72
Right
E-HM8W4BIFRNY
709
Notes
Notes
Receptacle Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to powerway at duplex outlet location. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. Left hand base in-feed shown.
New York City Receptacle Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to powerway at duplex outlet location. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. New York City code requires the use of a special base feed with an in-line junction box. Left hand base in-feed shown.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
CEILING IN-FEEDS Length
Model Number
List
144
E-UN8W4CIF
412
Note: Certain areas of Chicago prohibit the use of modular electrical systems and require all electrical components to be hardwired. All electrical components need to be supplied by the electrician.
Notes Ceiling In-Feeds provide interface with building power from a suspended ceiling through a power pole shell. Each ceiling feed is 12’ long. Power pole shells are ordered separately. Available for QuickShip Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
51
DIVI
ELECTRICAL In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits 2-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
3-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPFPP242
613
+20
42
P-DVPFPP342
603
+20
50
P-DVPFPP250
614
+20
50
P-DVPFPP350
604
+20
58
P-DVPFPP258
606
+20
58
P-DVPFPP358
598
+20
66
P-DVPFPP266
601
+20
66
P-DVPFPP366
591
+20
82
P-DVPFPP282
604
+20
82
P-DVPFPP382
594
+20
98
P-DVPFPP298
608
+20
98
P-DVPFPP398
596
+20
4-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
END OF RUN IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPFPP442
493
+20
42
P-DVPFPPE42
613
+20
50
P-DVPFPP450
494
+20
50
P-DVPFPPE50
614
+20
58
P-DVPFPP458
488
+20
58
P-DVPFPPE58
606
+20
66
P-DVPFPP466
481
+20
66
P-DVPFPPE66
601
+20
82
P-DVPFPP482
484
+20
82
P-DVPFPPE82
599
+20
98
P-DVPFPP498
481
+20
98
P-DVPFPPE98
608
+20
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits (1.619”d x 1.860”w) include one in-line power/data pole kit and one post filler kit. 2-way, 3-way, and end or run kits include a base shroud. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Designed for an 11’ ceiling. Available for QuickShip
52
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Retrofit Kits and In-Line Power/Data Pole Dividers IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE RETROFIT KITS
IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE DIVIDER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
42
P-DVPFPP42
387
+20
42
P-DVPFPPD42
195
50
P-DVPFPP50
384
+20
50
P-DVPFPPD50
199
58
P-DVPFPP58
368
+20
58
P-DVPFPPD58
198
66
P-DVPFPP66
357
+20
66
P-DVPFPPD66
201
82
P-DVPFPP82
335
+20
82
P-DVPFPPD82
203
98
P-DVPFPP98
292
+20
98
P-DVPFPPD98
210
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Retrofit Kit (1.619”d x 1.860”w) mounts to the top of post fillers which are already installed at 2-way, 3-way, or 4-way connections. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Does not include post filler. Designed for an 11’ ceiling.
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Divider is specified when electrical cables need to be segregated from data cables by a metal barrier. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
ELECTRICAL RETROFIT KIT
DOUBLE CHANNEL POWER/DATA POLE KIT
Length
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
24
E-FRKDVP8424
259
A-PPDV
536
+20
30
E-FRKDVP8430
276
36
E-FRKDVP8436
288
42
E-FRKDVP8442
306
48
E-FRKDVP8448
320
60
E-FRKDVP8460
350
Specify
Notes
• Color Selection for Base Color
Electrical Retrofit Kits are for field retrofitting existing non-powered DiVi panels with 8 wire, 4 circuit electrical. Kit includes one powerway with mounting clips and screws, one powered base cover assembly and four duplex outlet hole covers. Duplex outlets, jumpers, extra hole covers or feeds are ordered separately.
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Power/Data Pole Kit includes two 68” pole sections, two 68” covers, one pole coupler, two 68” dividers, four pole to panel mounting brackets, one ceiling shroud, one 72” perforated metal strip for attaching pole to ceiling grid, and mounting hardware. Order ceiling feeds separately. Designed for an 11’ ceiling. For use at 2-way and 3-way locations only. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
53
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Hubbell Premise Kits and Hardwire Junction Boxes DATA PLATE KITS
HARDWIRE JUNCTION BOX
Item
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
6 Port Data Gang Plate
E-DP6GFPB
24
E-DVJBCH
227
CAT 5e Jack
E-HRJ45-SM
85
CAT 6 Data Jack
E-HXJ6BK-SM
94
Hole Blank (10PK)
E-SFBB10-SM
56
Notes
Notes Snap-In Data Housing Plate have six ports. Housing is black and snaps into standard AIS DiVi duplex outlet holes, which measure 1.86” x 3.012”. RJ-45 jacks can be used in place of RJ-11 jacks. Available for QuickShip
54
Hardwire Junction Box allows standard, hard wired, single gang duplex outlets to be used in DiVi panels at each standard, modular duplex outlet location. Each outlet will require one junction box, and outlets cannot be placed back to back on a spine. Junction boxes do not include electrical connectors. Boxes are UL listed. Decora faced outlets cannot be used. Kit includes all hardware required to attach box to DiVi panel at duplex outlet location. Standard DiVi powered base covers are required. Order DiVi panels with standard powered base cover option. Boxes have standard 0.875” knockouts for electrical connectors. Kit includes one low profile metal face plate painted per specification. Junction boxes can be used with either 15 amp or 20 amp single gang outlets. Box is 3”H x 1.524”W x 7”L.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
SUPPORT Cantilevers and Side Support/Rear Brackets STANDARD CANTILEVERS
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
Hand
Model Number
24
18
Left
WPS-UNCT24L
24
18
Right
24
18
Pair
30
25.5
30 30
SHARED CANTILEVERS
List
Grade C Paint
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
66
+10
24
18
Single
WPS-UNCT24S
95
+10
WPS-UNCT24R
66
+10
24
18
Pair
WPS-UNCT24SP
188
+20
WPS-UNCT24P
129
+20
30
25.5
Single
WPS-UNCT30S
188
+10
Left
WPS-UNCT30L
129
+10
30
25.5
Pair
WPS-UNCT30SP
380
+20
25.5
Right
WPS-UNCT30R
129
+10
25.5
Pair
WPS-UNCT30P
256
+20
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Cantilevers
Standard Cantilevers provide cantilevered worksurface support from panel or wall track at either the left or right hand side of a worksurface. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Standard cantilevers may also be used as a center support. Specify cantilever that corresponds to worksurface depth. It is highly recommended that flat plates are specified in conjunction with support cantilevers to splice two worksurfaces together at the front edge. Painted black as standard, all other trim colors are Grade C upcharged.
• Paint Selection for Cantilevers
Shared Cantilevers provide cantilevered support from panel or wall track at seam between two worksurfaces. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Specify cantilever that corresponds to worksurface depth. It is highly recommended that flat plates are specified in conjunction with support cantilevers to splice two worksurfaces together at the front edge. Painted black as standard, all other trim colors are Grade C upcharged. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
SIDE SUPPORT / REAR BRACKETS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Left
WPS-SSSAL
47
+10
12
Right
WPS-SSSAR
47
+10
Pair
WPS-SSSA
92
+20
Left
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
PANEL MOUNTED SHELF CANTILEVERS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
10
Left
WPS-CT10L
119
+10
12
10
Right
WPS-CT10R
119
+10
12
10
Pair
WPS-CT10P
230
+20
Right
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Side Support / Rear Bracket
Side Support/Rear Brackets provide direct support from panel or wall track along short side of rectangular worksurface or at rear of corner worksurface. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Painted black as a standard. All other trim colors are Grade C upcharged.
• Paint Selection
Panel Mounted Shelf Cantilevers are 10”d and designed to work in conjunction with 12”d worksurfaces to create additional desk top shelving. Available for all AIS panel systems. For use with 12” to 16” worksurfaces only.
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
55
DIVI
SUPPORT End Panels, Brackets and A-Legs STANDARD END PANELS
CLEAR ACCESS END PANELS
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
12
WFS-EPDV12
256
+20
24
WFS-EPCADV24
354
+29
18
WFS-EPDV18
301
+24
30
WFS-EPCADV30
396
+32
24
WFS-EPDV24
340
+27
30
WFS-EPDV30
378
+30
36
WFS-EPDV36
430
+34
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Laminate Selection for End Panel
Standard End Panels have laminated vertical surfaces and a 2mm PVC vertical front edge. Standard end panels provide direct support from floor at left or right side of a worksurface, and engage and lock to panels with provided mounting brackets. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Specify end panel that corresponds to worksurface depth.
• Laminate Selection for End Panel
Clear Access End Panels have laminated vertical surfaces and a 2mm vertical front edge. Clear access end panels provide direct support from floor at left or right side of a worksurface, and engage and lock to panels with provided mounting brackets. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws.
• 2mm Edge Selection for End Panel
• 2mm Edge Selection for End Panel
Available for QuickShip
PEDESTAL-TO-PEDESTAL ATTACHMENT BRACKET Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
S-DVPMPB
167
+25
Available for QuickShip
COUNTERTOP BRACKETS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Left
WPS-DVCTBKTL
42
+10
Right
WPS-DVCTBKTR
42
+10
Pair
WPS-DVCTBKTPR
81
+20
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Pedestal-to-Panel Attachment Brackets attach structural pedestals to panels. These brackets serve as a space filler and as a way to add stability to panels..Pedestal to panel attachment brackets may only be used when the nominal surface depth matches the nominal pedestal depth (24” Deep surface & 24” deep pedestal or 30” deep surface and 30” deep pedestal).
• Paint Selection for Count- Countertop Brackets provide direct support from er-top Bracket 42”H panel for countertop worksurfaces. Specify at least two pair of countertop brackets for every countertop (one pair for front side and one pair for rear). All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
56
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
SUPPORT Panel Mounted A-Legs PANEL MOUNTED A-LEGS
H
D
Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
27
12
Left
WFS-ALW2712DVL
309
+25
27
12
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2712DVLS
332
+25
27
12
Right
WFS-ALW2712DVR
309
+25
27
12
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2712DVRS
332
+25
27
12
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2712DVFS
298
+25
27
24
Left
WFS-ALW2724DVL
352
+25
27
24
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2724DVLS
375
+25
27
24
Right
WFS-ALW2724DVR
352
+25
27
24
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2724DVRS
375
+25
27
24
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2724DVFS
340
+25
27
30
Left
WFS-ALW2730DVL
375
+25
27
30
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2730DVLS
399
+25
27
30
Right
WFS-ALW2730DVR
375
+25
27
30
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2730DVRS
399
+25
27
30
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2730DVFS
362
+25
Panel Mounted Left Hand
Panel Mounted Left Hand Shared
Panel Mounted Right Hand
Panel Mounted Right Hand Shared
Freestanding
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
A-Legs are constructed from 1” x 2” painted steel. Legs have 1 1/2” leveling glides. A-Leg welded construction allows for attachment to the worksurface. Panel attachment brackets are included and installed at the factory for panel mounted legs. Panel locking bracket for panel attachment situations ships separate. Freestanding A-Legs cannot be used as freestanding table support. One side must be anchored to a storage element or panel. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
57
DIVI
STORAGE Mid-Height Shelf Units MID-HEIGHT SHELF UNITS
LINEAR MID-HEIGHT SHELF UNITS
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
7.75
24
12
S-SHFDV24
216
+12
7.75
24
12
S-SHFLDV24
216
+12
7.75
30
12
S-SHFDV30
223
+12
7.75
30
12
S-SHFLDV30
223
+12
7.75
36
12
S-SHFDV36
232
+12
7.75
36
12
S-SHFLDV36
232
+12
7.75
42
12
S-SHFDV42
245
+12
7.75
42
12
S-SHFLDV42
245
+12
7.75
48
12
S-SHFDV48
271
+12
7.75
48
12
S-SHFLDV48
271
+12
7.75
60
12
S-SHFDV60
286
+12
7.75
60
12
S-SHFLDV60
286
+12
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Mid-Height Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Unit includes two mid-height shelf ends, one shelf pan, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
• Paint Selection
Linear Mid-Height Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Unit includes two Linear Mid-height shelf ends, one shelf pan, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
SHELF DIVIDER Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
S-SHFDIV12
97
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Shelf Divider mounts to mid-height shelf decks and may also be used inside of complete flipper bins. No hardware necessary. Divider snaps into place. Divider is 5 5/8” tall and designed to finish at the same height as a mid-height shelf end. Available for QuickShip
58
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units MID-HEIGHT CORNER SHELF UNITS
Center Wing D D
LINEAR MID-HEIGHT CORNER SHELF UNITS
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
S-SHFCDV36
920
+25
7.75
36
30.5
30.5
12
S-SHFCDV42
979
+25
7.75
42
30.5
12
S-SHFCDV48
1,378
+25
7.75
48
H
W
7.75
36
30.5
7.75
42
7.75
48
H
W
Center Wing D D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
S-SHFLCDV36
920
+25
30.5
12
S-SHFLCDV42
979
+25
30.5
12
S-SHFLCDV48
1,378
+25
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage in corner above corner worksurfaces. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf has lateral strength bar welded parallel to front edge which will receive a 36” or smaller tasklight parallel to front edge. All shelves 33 5/8” across front edge and are 30 1/2” deep front to back corner. Back corner has 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” cutout to facilitate cable management. 42” and 48” units have 6” and 12” wings respectively. Unit includes two mid-height shelf ends, one bottom shelf pan, two corner shelf back mounting brackets, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
• Paint Selection
Linear Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage in corner above corner worksurfaces. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf has lateral strength bar welded parallel to front edge which will receive a 36” or smaller tasklight parallel to front edge. All shelves 33 5/8” across front edge and are 30 1/2” deep front to back corner. Back corner has 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” cutout to facilitate cable management. 42” and 48” units have 6” and 12” wings respectively. Unit includes two Linear Mid-height shelf ends, one bottom shelf pan, two corner shelf back mounting brackets, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
SHELF DIVIDER Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
S-SHFDIV12
97
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Shelf Divider mounts to mid-height shelf decks and may also be used inside of complete flipper bins. No hardware necessary. Divider snaps into place. Divider is 5 5/8” tall and designed to finish at the same height as a mid-height shelf end. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
59
DIVI
STORAGE Type C Flipper Door Units
Interior H 14.25
METAL / FABRIC DOOR FRONT TYPE C FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
W
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Easy Down
24
12
S-FDUDV24
559
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDUDV30
572
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDUDV36
590
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDUDV42
603
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDUDV48
641
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDUDV60
777
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Flipper Door Unit - Metal/Fabric Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra applicable) lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional keys cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
Available for QuickShip
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT TYPE C FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
Easy Down
S-FDUDV24L
694
+20
+17
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDUDV30L
708
+20
+18
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDUDV36L
724
+20
+19
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDUDV42L
741
+20
+20
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDUDV48L
824
+20
+21
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDUDV60L
913
+20
+22
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Flipper Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra applicable) lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional keys cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
60
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Type C Raised Flipper Door Units
Interior H 14.25
METAL / FABRIC DOOR FRONT TYPE C RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
W
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Perf Back
Easy Down
24
12
S-FDURFDV24
1,169
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDURFDV30
1,196
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDURFDV36
1,226
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDURFDV42
1,262
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDURFDV48
1,327
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDURFDV60
1,464
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit - Metal/Fabric Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and applicable) recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal • Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
Interior H
W
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT TYPE C RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
Perf Back
Easy Down
14.25
24
12
S-FDURFDV24L
1,279
+20
+17
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDURFDV30L
1,304
+20
+18
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDURFDV36L
1,330
+20
+19
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDURFDV42L
1,367
+20
+20
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDURFDV48L
1,480
+20
+21
+35
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDURFDV60L
1,603
+20
+22
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and applicable) recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal • Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
61
DIVI
STORAGE Type D Flipper and Raised Flipper Door Units
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
SOLID METAL DOOR FRONT TYPE D FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Easy Down
S-FDDSDV24
682
+20
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDDSDV30
697
+20
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDDSDV36
713
+20
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDDSDV42
727
+20
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDDSDV48
764
+20
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type D Flipper Door Unit - Solid Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
• Easy Down Mechanism (optional)
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
SOLID METAL DOOR FRONT TYPE D RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perf Back
Easy Down
S-FDDRDV24
1,266
+20
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDDRDV30
1,292
+20
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDDRDV36
1,365
+20
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDDRDV42
1,355
+20
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDDRDV48
1,421
+20
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type D Raised Flipper Door Unit - Solid Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
• Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style • Easy Down Mechanism (optional)
62
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Sliding Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT SLIDING DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT SLIDING DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
14.25
30
12
S-MSDODV30
697
+20
14.25
30
12
S-MSDODV30L
834
+20
+18
14.25
36
12
S-MSDODV36
714
+20
14.25
36
12
S-MSDODV36L
848
+20
+19
14.25
42
12
S-MSDODV42
728
+20
14.25
42
12
S-MSDODV42L
865
+20
+20
14.25
48
12
S-MSDODV48
766
+20
14.25
48
12
S-MSDODV48L
949
+20
+21
14.25
60
12
S-MSDODV60
901
+20
14.25
60
12
S-MSDODV60L
1,038
+20
+22
Specify
Notes
Specify
• Paint Selection
Sliding Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door slides open side to side. Sliding door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Notes
Sliding Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door slides open side to side. Sliding door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams • Edge Selection for Sliding to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive Door tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories. • Laminate Selection for Sliding Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
63
DIVI
STORAGE Raised Sliding Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT RAISED SLIDING DOOR UNIT H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
14.25
30
12
S-RMSDODV30
1,293
+20
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT RAISED SLIDING DOOR UNIT
Perforated Back
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RMSDODV30L
1,427
+20
Grade C Perforated Laminate Back +18
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RMSDODV36
1,322
+20
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RMSDODV36L
1,456
+20
+19
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RMSDODV42
1,356
+20
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RMSDODV42L
1,490
+20
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RMSDODV48
1,422
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RMSDODV48L
1,605
+20
+21
+35
14.25
60
12
S-RMSDODV60
1,589
+20
+35
14.25
60
12
S-RMSDODV60L
1,727
+20
+22
+35
Specify
Notes
Specify
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Sliding Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door slides open side to side. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
64
Notes
Type C Raised Sliding Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mount• Edge Selection for Sliding ed at the top of a 66” high panel. Door slides open Door side to side. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories. • Laminate Selection for Sliding Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Cabinet Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT CABINET DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT CABINET DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perforated Back
14.25
24
12
S-VDODV24
928
+20
14.25
24
12
S-VDODV24L
1,063
+20
+17
14.25
30
12
S-VDODV30
941
+20
14.25
30
12
S-VDODV30L
1,078
+20
+18
14.25
36
12
S-VDODV36
958
+20
14.25
36
12
S-VDODV36L
1,092
+20
+19
14.25
42
12
S-VDODV42
972
+20
14.25
42
12
S-VDODV42L
1,110
+20
+20
14.25
48
12
S-VDODV48
1,012
+20
14.25
48
12
S-VDODV48L
1,192
+20
+21
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Cabinet Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Cabinet Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
• Laminate Selection for Cabinet Door • Edge Selection for Cabinet Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
65
DIVI
STORAGE Raised Cabinet Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT RAISED CABINET DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT RAISED CABINET DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perforated Back
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
14.25
24
12
S-RVDODV24L
1,648
+20
Grade C Perforated Laminate Back
14.25
24
12
S-RVDODV24
1,512
+20
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RVDODV30
1,537
+20
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RVDODV30L
1,672
+20
+18
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RVDODV36
1,566
+20
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RVDODV36L
1,701
+20
+19
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RVDODV42
1,601
+20
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RVDODV42L
1,736
+20
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RVDODV48
1,666
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RVDODV48L
1,849
+20
+21
+35
+17
+35
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Raised Cabinet Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Raised Cabinet Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
66
• Laminate Selection for Cabinet Door • Edge Selection for Cabinet Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Tackboards, Tool Rail Kits and Panel Coat Hooks TACKBOARDS
TOOL RAIL KITS
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
24
A-TACKDV1224
182
-5
+13
+24
3.375
24
A-TBDV24
248
+20
12
30
A-TACKDV1230
191
-5
+13
+24
3.375
30
A-TBDV30
272
+20
12
36
A-TACKDV1236
200
-5
+13
+24
3.375
36
A-TBDV36
301
+20
12
42
A-TACKDV1242
211
-5
+13
+24
3.375
42
A-TBDV42
320
+20
12
48
A-TACKDV1248
224
-5
+13
+24
3.375
48
A-TBDV48
337
+20
12
60
A-TACKDV1260
293
-5
+13
+24
3.375
60
A-TBDV60
498
+20
15
24
A-TACKDV1524
185
-5
+13
+24
15
30
A-TACKDV1530
196
-5
+13
+24
15
36
A-TACKDV1536
203
-5
+13
+24
15
42
A-TACKDV1542
217
-5
+13
+24
15
48
A-TACKDV1548
228
-5
+13
+24
15
60
A-TACKDV1560
300
-5
+13
+24
19
24
A-TACKDV1924
236
-5
+13
+24
19
30
A-TACKDV1930
251
-5
+13
+24
19
36
A-TACKDV1936
263
-5
+13
+24
19
42
A-TACKDV1942
277
-5
+13
+24
19
48
A-TACKDV1948
293
-5
+13
+24
19
60
A-TACKDV1960
314
-5
+13
+24
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection
Tackboards are 7/8” thick and mount to wall track to provide vertical tackable surface for wall track applications and private offices. Tackboards are available in three different heights.
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Tool Rail Kits mount to wall track or panel and accommodates paper flow elements. Tool rail kits are painted black as a standard. All other trim colors are available at a Grade C upcharge. Available for QuickShip
PANEL COAT HOOK List
Grade C Paint
A-CHM
48
+5
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Panel Coat Hook mounts over top of panel and is available in all standard panel colors.
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Model Number
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
67
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens and Pre-Drilled Topcaps FRAMELESS UP-MOUNT GLASS SCREENS
PRE-DRILLED TOPCAPS
H
W
Model Number
1/4th” Clear
1/4th” Frosted
D
Model Number
List
8
24
A-FGUM0824
334
+68
24
P-DVFGTC24
75
8
36
A-FGUM0836
384
+102
36
P-DVFGTC36
75
8
42
A-FGUM0842
409
+119
42
P-DVFGTC42
75
8
48
A-FGUM0848
435
+135
48
P-DVFGTC48
75
8
60
A-FGUM0860
593
+169
60
P-DVFGTC60
75
8
72
A-FGUM0872
644
+203
12
24
A-FGUM1224
369
+120
12
36
A-FGUM1236
433
+171
12
42
A-FGUM1242
466
+196
12
48
A-FGUM1248
498
+222
12
60
A-FGUM1260
670
+273
Specify
Notes
12
72
A-FGUM1272
733
+323
• Paint Selection
Pre-Drilled Topcaps are pre-drilled for glass clamp screws to facilitate easy installation. Order topcaps separately. Available for QuickShip
Specify
Notes
• Clear or Frosted Glass Selection
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens are designed to up-mount on worksurfaces and various other flat surfaces. Up-Mount Glass Screens include two mounting brackets which are available in a matte chrome finish only. Screens over 54” in length receive three mounting brackets for added stability. Available for QuickShip
68
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Whiteboards WHITE BOARD WITH MARKER TRAY
FRAMELESS WHITEBOARD WITH MARKER TRAY
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
Model Number
List
24
24
A-WBDV2424
447
+15
24
24
A-FWBDV2424
288
24
30
A-WBDV2430
470
+15
24
30
A-FWBDV2430
331
24
36
A-WBDV2436
494
+15
24
36
A-FWBDV2436
374
24
42
A-WBDV2442
518
+15
24
42
A-FWBDV2442
417
24
48
A-WBDV2448
541
+15
24
48
A-FWBDV2448
433
24
60
A-WBDV2460
588
+15
24
60
A-FWBDV2460
515
30
24
A-WBDV3024
472
+15
30
24
A-FWBDV3024
310
30
30
A-WBDV3030
531
+15
30
30
A-FWBDV3030
361
30
36
A-WBDV3036
542
+15
30
36
A-FWBDV3036
412
30
42
A-WBDV3042
559
+15
30
42
A-FWBDV3042
463
30
48
A-WBDV3048
588
+15
30
48
A-FWBDV3048
515
30
60
A-WBDV3060
694
+15
30
60
A-FWBDV3060
617
Specify
Notes
Notes
• Paint Selection for White- White Boards mount to panels with standard brackboard ets. Marker Tray is included and available in black only. Marker Tray is field installed. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Frameless White Boards with Markey Tray is a .6” thick laminated white board with 1mm white edgeband on all sides. Frameless White Boards mount to panels with standard brackets (included). Marker Tray is included and available in black only. Marker Tray is field installed.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
69
National Showrooms: Leominster AIS Headquarters 25 Tucker Drive Leominster, MA 01453 Boston 1 Design Center Place, Suite 712 Boston, MA 02210 Chicago The Merchandise Mart Suite 1086 Chicago, Illinois 60654 New York AIS New York 257 Park Avenue South New York, New York 10010 Washington, D.C. AIS Washington, D.C. 1400 Eye St, NW, Suite 750 Washington, D.C. 20005 GSA Sales GSA Contract GS-29F-0006K FSC Group 71, Part 1 Office Furniture
800.434.7400 | 978.562.7500 | Fax: 978.562.0811 | www.ais-inc.com
For additional information on AIS: Dealer Showrooms, Representative Directory, Project Case Studies, Online Catalog & Product Showcase Visit: www.ais-inc.com
v. 1.0
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRODUCT INFORMATION
STORAGE
Divi Statement of Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Mid-Height Shelf Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Divi Finish Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
MONOLITHIC PANELS
Type C Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . 15 Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Type C Raised Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Type D Flipper and Raised Flipper Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Sliding Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Raised Sliding Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Cabinet Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Raised Cabinet Door Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ACCESSORIES
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tackboards, Tool Rail Kits and Panel Coat Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens and Pre-Drilled Topcaps . . . . . . . . . . 68
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels . . . . . . . 21
Whiteboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels . . . . . . . . . . 22 Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels . . . . . . . . 23 ADA Door Panels and Door Panel Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Sliding Doors and Sliding Door Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Monolithic Front/Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Segmented Front/Back Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Replacement Fabric Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Replacement Laminate and Embossed Steel Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fabric Insert Upcharges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CONNECTORS Divi Connector Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Base Raceway Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Wall Mount Kits and Wall Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Post Filler Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
ELECTRICAL Divi Electrical Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Panel-to-Panel and Lateral Pass Through Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Duplex Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 In-Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Retrofit Kits and In-Line Power/Data Pole Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Hubbell Premise Kits and Hardwire Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
SUPPORT Cantilevers and Side Support/Rear Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 End Panels, Brackets and A-Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Panel Mounted A-Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
I
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Monolithic Panels and Insert Panels
DIVI MONOLITHIC PANELS
Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Panels
Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Panels
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
82” High Sliding Door w/ Top Track Bar
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Panels
Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Panels
ADA Door Panels
Shrouds for Divi Doors
66” High Non-Locking Sliding Door
End of Run Sliding Door Trim Kits
Sliding Door Handle Kit
Sliding Door Lock Kit
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Quarter Glass Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Quarter Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Monolithic Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Segmented Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panels
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Panels
With or Without Glass, Left or Right Hand Without Glass Left Hand Door Shown
2-Way or 3-Way 2-Way Shroud Shown
Powered or Non-Powered
INSERT PANELS
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Powered or Non-Powered
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Quarter Glass Insert Panels Powered or Non-Powered
Powered or Non-Powered
1
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Insert Panels, Connectors and Electrical INSERT PANELS
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels
Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels
Replacement Fabric Inserts
Replacement Laminate Inserts
Replacement Embossed Steel Inserts
CONNECTORS
90° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
120° / 60° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
135° / 45° 2-Way Base Raceway Shroud
90° 3-Way Base Raceway Shroud
End Base Raceway Shroud
Wall Mount Kits
Stack Panel Wall Mount Kit
Wall Tracks
2-Way Post Filler
3-Way Post Filler
4-Way Post Filler
End of Run Post Filler
Panel-to-Panel Jumpers
Lateral Pass Through Jumpers
I-Connectors
Duplex Outlets
USB Outlets
Duplex Outlet Hole Covers
Side Mounted Base In-Feed
Receptacle Mount Base In-Feed
Ceiling In-Feeds
In-Line Power / Data Pole Combination Kits
In-Line Power / Data Pole Retrofit Kits
In-Line Power / Data Pole Divider
Electrical Retrofit Kit
Double Channel Power / Data Pole Kit
Data Plate Kits
Hardwire Junction Box
ELECTRICAL
2
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STATEMENT OF LINE Support, Storage and Accessories
SUPPORT
Standard Cantilevers
Shared Cantilevers
Side / Support Rear Brackets
Clear Access End Panels
Pedestal-to-Pedestal Attachment Brackets
Countertop Brackets
Panel Mounted Shelf Cantilevers
Standard End Panels
Panel Mounted A-Legs
Left Hand, Right Hand or Freestanding Freestanding Legs Shown
STORAGE
Mid-Height Shelf Units
Linear Mid-Height Shelf Units
Type D Flipper Door Unit
Type D Raised Flipper Door Unit
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Unit
Sliding Door Unit
Linear Mid-Height Corner Shelf Unit
Raised Sliding Door Unit
Type C Flipper Door Unit
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Cabinet Door Unit
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Raised Cabinet Door Unit
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Metal/Fabric or Laminate Front Metal/Fabric Door Front Shown
Tool Rail Kits
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens
Pre-Drilled Topcaps
White Board w/ Marker Tray
ACCESSORIES
Tackboards
Revision 12.8.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Tool Rail Kits
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Framed or Frameless Framed White Board Shown
3
DIVI
FINISH OPTIONS Fabric Options PANEL FABRICS BY AIS Name Avenue Dusk Avenue Park Place Cape Cod Chatham Cape Cod Falmouth Cape Cod Harwich Cape Cod Hyannis Cape Cod Martha’s Vineyard Cape Cod Nantucket Cape Cod Provincetown Engage Denim Engage Neutral Engage Rain Cloud Engage Toffee New England Boston New England Cambridge New England Concord New England Dixville Notch New England Hartford New England Lexington New England Newton New England Providence New England Rockport New England Salem New England York Rainfall Bliss Rainfall Shore Rainfall Sundown Rainfall Twilight Simplicity Blue Smooth Simplicity Chamoise Simplicity Grey Blue Simplicity Sandy Pebble Simplicity Stone Simplicity Twizzle Tan Stream Light Sand
PANEL FABRICS BY GUILFORD OF MAINE
Style Number
Grade
2062 2064 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2066 2065 2067 2068 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2059 2060 2057 2058 2001 2002 2004 2005 2530 2008 2501
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Name Anchorage Bailey Drift Lido Mingle Spinel Sprite Streetwise Reeds Tweed Birdseye Bix Broadcast Coastline Crosstown Fr701 Auster Block Party Groove Lily Pad Network Nitro Phone Tag Regatta Tempest Cosmos
Style Number
Grade
2335 2299 2539 2858 2527 3582 2671 2721 3078 2737 2748 3008 2758 3495 2526 2100 2537 2538 3497 2318 4158 2317 2314 2400 2120 2655
B B B B B B B B B B C C C C C C D D D D D D D D D E
C.O.M. Fabric Policy • It is mandatory that you work directly with your AIS Customer Service Representative for all COM related testing and orders. They will provide all necessary forms to you, as well as work with you with regard to sending in correct yardage and where to send it, along with necessary RA# or #s. Please note an RA must be submitted along with the fabric for testing, as well as an RA created for an actual order. • Please Note: A three to five yard sample is required for testing and approval for use on all monolithic panel systems. A one yard sample is required for testing and approval on Divi Insert Tiles, Matrix Tiles, flipper doors and tackboards. We may be able to test upholstery fabrics with a swatch, your Customer Service Representative will advise based on the fabric being tested; otherwise a 1 yard sample must be submitted for testing. Results take 48 - 72 hours. • Customer Service must be advised as to the width of the fabric rolls being supplied (54”W or 60”W). Customer Service must also be advised if the fabric has a backer. • Yardage required for the job must be calculated by an AIS Customer Service Rep. • Once AIS has approved the COM fabric, a fabric sample needs to be marked by the dealer with “Front”, “Top”, and “Bottom”, to be sure fabric is applied correctly. The fabric sample then needs to be attached to a COM Fabric Dealer Form and forwarded to AIS Customer Service. The COM Fabric Dealer Form may be downloaded or printed here. • Fabrics may be discontinued or obsolete without notice. • Contact AIS Customer Service with any questions regarding fabric availability. • All directional fabric will be railroaded.
4
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
FINISH OPTIONS Paint, Edgeband, Laminate and Tempered Glass Options DIVI PAINT OPTIONS
Name Black Chalk Dark Tone Grey Value 1 Innertone Light Tone Medium Tone Satin White Warm Brown Champagne Metallic Dark Grey Metallic Flint Grey Metallic Light Grey Metallic Silver Tan Value 1 Warm White Woodrose Antique Gold Blue Graphite Sky Lite Silver Smooth Orange Red Violet Yellow
EDGEBAND OPTIONS
Color Code
Divi Panel Grade
Divi Base Grade
BK CK DT GV1 HT LT MT SW WB CHM DGM FGM LG MS TV1 WW WR AG BL GS LSS OG RD VT YW
A A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B C C C C C C C C
A A A A A A -
Name Absolute Acajou Aimtoo Savatre Black Brazilwood Cabinet Almond Chalk Corporate Walnut Dark Rum Cherry Dark Tone Grand Cherry Grey Value 1 Innertone Leave Likatre Light Tone Looks Likatre Medium Tone Midwest Maple Nightfall Recon Oak Satin White / True White Storm Summer Drops Trytoo Savatre Warm Brown #1 Woodrose
Custom Paints
Grade
AA AS BK BZ CA CK CT DR DT GC GV1 HT LV LT LK MT MM NF RO SW / TW ST SD TS WB1 WR
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Custom Edgeband Options
• Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000 list. Extended lead-time will apply. • Any color not shown on Quick Ship, Standard Grade A, B or C will be considered custom. • A $450 net paint match fee will be assessed following receipt of (2) 5”x5” samples of paint being matched. • Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000.00 list. Extended lead-time will apply. • Additionally, Grade C paint up-charges will be applied to all applicable products on the order. • Important Custom Paint Note: Most paint match pricing can be covered by the Grade C up-charge in the catalog, however the final pricing can only be determined after the paint is matched and a product list is provided to AIS customer service. An additional fee may apply based on job size and paint color.
• A $450 net edge match fee will be assessed to custom match non-standard edgeband. • Minimum order size for any custom color is $75,000.00 list. Extended lead-time will apply.
DIVI INSERTS LAMINATE OPTIONS Name Absolute Acajou Aimtoo Savatre Black Brazilwood Cabinet Almond Chalk Corporate Walnut Dark Rum Cherry Grand Cherry Leave Likatre Looks Likatre Midwest Maple Nightfall Paris White Potterware Recon Oak Storm Summer Drops Titanium EV
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Color Code
TEMPERED GLASS OPTIONS
Grade B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Name Clear Frosted Aqui Blue
Panels/Frame/Tiles/ Screens
1/4” Thick Frameless Glass
3/8” Thick Frameless Glass
Y Y N N
Y Y N N
Y Y Y Y
All glass is tempered. The etched side of Frosted is always on Side A of the Frame or Panel. Side B of this glass options are smooth. Please see specific price list pages on each type of glass for list pricing and up-charges.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
5
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 1 Permanent Monolithic Panel Availability Fabric Covered - Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
Fabric Covered - Tackable Surface - Powered/Non-Powered: 82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
50”H
42”H
Nominal Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Nominal Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Quarter Glass - Fabric Covered Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
Half Glass - Fabric Covered Hard Surface - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
Nominal Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Nominal Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
ADA Door Panels: 82”H
ing en Op idth ” W 16 9/ 36
Nominal Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range Widths: 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
6
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 2 Permanent Monolithic Panel Profile
Hanger frame has a slot pattern on a 1” standard increment for hang on components. Slots are 3/4” tall x approximately 1/8” wide. Hanger frame is factory installed and removal is not required for panel installation.
Hanger frame face is factory finished and requires no endcap or HiLo trim after panel installation.
Alignment plate holds panels in vertical alignment and prevents panel shear.
Metal raceway divider (optional) separates low voltage data cables and high voltage electrical cables if desired. Divider attaches to raceway glides and is retrofitable on installed panels.
8 wire 4 circuit powerway is included with every powered panel and is factory installed. Raceway glides are adjustable up to 1 3/4” for installation on unlevel floors and include carpet grippers.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Hanger frame topcap is field installed and remains easily removable to facilitate panel installation and reconfiguration. Panel topcap is factory installed. Topcaps on permanent monolithic panels are fixed.
Base cover assembly ships separate as one piece and installs by sliding under panel after panel installation, hinging up and snapping to the underside of the panel. Non-powered or powered base covers are shipped with non-powered or powered panels, respectively. Base covers have a small “mud flap” for data cable egress.
Duplex outlets are ordered separately. Two outlets can be used per side, four total per panel. Outlets utilize top base cover holes. Duplex outlet covers hide unused duplex outlet or data locations. Six are shipped with every panel. A 24”W gets three duplex outlet covers. Order extra as needed. Snap-in data jack housing (order separately) accommodates six Hubbell or compatible data/voice jacks. Snap-in housings may not be used back to back on a spine wall.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Panel polypropylene hinge inserts into hinge channels built into every hanger frame in order to connect panels together. A 21” length is inserted to the bottom and then an additional length for each panel height needed.
Data cable raceway cavity is approximately 2” wide by 3” tall and can accommodate between 32 and 40 Cat 6 data cables, depending on how tightly they are packed. Cat 5 and 6 data jacks extend beyond center line of raceway, preventing jack housings to be used back to back on a spine. Plan on using “cross corners” on panel to eliminate this issue.
7
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 3 Panel Frame Creep Dimensions 180 degree connection = 1/32 inch between Panels
2 inches at 2-ways
Actual Panel Width = Nominal + 1/8 inch (i.e. 24 inch wide nominal panel = 24 1/8 wide actual)
Interior Width = Actual Panel Width(s) + Total from 180 degree situations (i.e. as above (24 1/8 x 3 )+ (1/32 x 2) = 72 7/16 inch
2 inches at 3-ways and 4-ways as below
1/4 inch 2 inches
1/8 inch At base of panel, Alignment Tabs protrude 1/4 inch from face of panel and 1/8 inch from end.
3/4 inch for Wallmounts
Product Detail 4 Rules for Panel Stability without Components The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels without components to ensure panel stability. Change in height will not effect panel stability.
in
M 2'
4'
5'
Mi
n
4'
186' 'M
ax
Mi
n
6'
8'
Mi
4'
n 10
Mi
n 12
'M
'M
ax
ax
Mi
2'
4'
Mi
n
6'
15
n
'
4'
Mi
n
12
10
16
'
8
Mi
n
8'
6'
Mi
'M
'
Ma
ax
x
n
Wall Mount
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Wall Mount
2'
Mi
4'
n
Mi
n
Wall Mount
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 5 Rules for Panel Stability with Components without Floor Support Fully panel supported workstations are stations without floor support elements. The panels support the load from shelves and worksurfaces alone. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in panel supported workstations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels).
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
’M
8’
’M
ax
42”
ax
42” 42”
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported
50”
8’
Ma
x
50”
66”
Ma
x
66”
82”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 66”
Unbalanced Load Fully Panel Supported Raised Overhead
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
8’
10
Ma
10
50” 50”
10
’M
’M
’M
x
ax
42”
ax
42”
50”
42”
ax
42”
66”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported Raised Overhead 10 ’M ax
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
’M
ax
50”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
8’
8’
Ma
x
82”
50”
x
82” 82”
50”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Guide Details: Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb. Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
9
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 6 Rules for Panel Stability with Components and Floor Support Partially panel supported workstations are stations where the worksurfaces are supported from structural lats, peds, A-legs, end panels, etc. in addition to panel supports. The panels support the loads from the overheads but share the load on the surfaces. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in partially panel supported stations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
10
’M
8’
’M
ax
42”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
8’
Ma
x
ax
42”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported
42”
Ma
x
50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Unbalanced Load Partially Panel Supported Raised Overheads
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
8’
10
Ma
x
50”
10
10
’M
’M
’M
ax
42”
ax
42”
ax
42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Spine Height: 42” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66” Min. Wing Height: 42”
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported
Balanced Load Partially Panel Supported Raised Overheads
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
Balanced Load Fully Panel Supported
10
10
’M
ax
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 50” Min. Wing Height: 50”
8’
x
82”
50”
50”
8’
’M
ax
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Ma
x
82”
82”
Spine Height: 82” Min. Wing Height: 82”
Guide Details: Panel Mounted A-Legs, end panels, lateral files and pedestals are the only support types acceptable for fully floor supported Divi panel configurations. Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb.
10
Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb. Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details
Product Detail 7 Rules for Panel Stability with Components with only Floor Storage Fully floor supported workstations are stations where the worksurfaces are supported from structural pedestals with panel attachment brackets, A-legs, or standard end panels. The panels support the loads from the overheads but share the load on the surfaces. The guidelines outlined below should be followed when designing AIS DiVi panels in fully floor supported stations to ensure panel stability. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels).
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
8’
’M
ax
6’
Ma
x
42”
Spine Height: 50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
10
ax
Spine Height: 42”
Spine Height: 66”
8’
x
50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
8’
Ma
x
50”
Spine Height: 50”
Ma
Spine Height: 50”
Balanced Load Fully Floor Supported
ax
42”
6’
x
66”
’M
’M
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Ma
50”
Spine Height: 42”
10
Unbalanced Load Fully Floor Supported
Ma
x
66”
Spine Height: 66”
50”
Spine Height: 50”
Guide Details: Panel Mounted A-Legs, end panels, lateral files and pedestals are the only support types acceptable for fully floor supported Divi panel configurations. Calibrate laminate overheads cannot be stacked two high. Maximum shelf load is 125lb.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Maximum cantilevered worksurface load is 200lb. Raised Flipper Door Units are not allowed on 66”h and 82”h panels. 90 Degree connections require corner connection brackets (included with panels). Carpet grippers to be installed on wing panels.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
11
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Divi Monolithic Panel Product Details Product Detail 8 Rules for Panel Stability with Components 24” Deep Worksurfaces:
30” Deep Worksurfaces:
Use standard 24” deep cantilevers Install corner connection bracket (details below)
Use standard 30” deep cantilevers Use side support / rear bracket at the front of the surface Install corner connection bracket (details below)
12
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Corner connection brackets must be installed on 90 degree corners. Corner connection brackets are included with the panels and do not need to be specified separately.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels HARD SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFRPM4224
463
+28
+15
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFRPM4230
501
+28
+15
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFRPM4236
534
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFRPM4242
567
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFRPM4248
601
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFRPM4260
719
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFRPM5024
496
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFRPM5030
551
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFRPM5036
605
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFRPM5042
660
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFRPM5048
718
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFRPM5060
854
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFRPM6624
572
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFRPM6630
633
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFRPM6636
688
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFRPM6642
746
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFRPM6648
801
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFRPM6660
960
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFRPM8224
650
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFRPM8230
718
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFRPM8236
787
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFRPM8242
849
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFRPM8248
931
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Hard Surface are fabric covered hard surface panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
13
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Hard Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels HARD SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFPPM4224
712
+28
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFPPM4230
748
+28
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFPPM4236
779
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFPPM4242
811
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFPPM4248
847
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFPPM4260
959
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFPPM5024
746
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFPPM5030
797
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFPPM5036
849
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFPPM5042
904
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFPPM5048
959
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFPPM5060
1,092
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFPPM6624
816
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFPPM6630
875
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFPPM6636
936
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFPPM6642
986
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFPPM6648
1,044
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFPPM6660
1,197
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFPPM8224
895
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFPPM8230
959
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFPPM8236
1,024
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFPPM8242
1,088
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFPPM8248
1,151
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Hard Surface are fabric covered hard surface panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
14
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels TACKABLE SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVTRPM5024
605
+28
+15
+50
-56
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +34
50
30
P-DVTRPM5030
640
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVTRPM5036
692
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVTRPM5042
741
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVTRPM5048
788
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVTRPM5060
937
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVTRPM6624
683
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVTRPM6630
730
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVTRPM6636
783
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVTRPM6642
833
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVTRPM6648
884
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVTRPM6660
1,038
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVTRPM8224
760
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVTRPM8230
824
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVTRPM8236
903
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVTRPM8242
979
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVTRPM8248
1,037
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+74
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Tackable Surface are fabric covered, sound absorbing tackable panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
15
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Tackable Surface Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels TACKABLE SURFACE PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVTPPM5024
875
+28
+50
-56
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +34
50
30
P-DVTPPM5030
912
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVTPPM5036
959
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVTPPM5042
1,010
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVTPPM5048
1,054
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVTPPM5060
1,208
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVTPPM6624
939
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVTPPM6630
988
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVTPPM6636
1,038
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVTPPM6642
1,089
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVTPPM6648
1,141
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVTPPM6660
1,294
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVTPPM8224
1,015
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVTPPM8230
1,078
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVTPPM8236
1,159
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVTPPM8242
1,214
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVTPPM8248
1,267
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
+74
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Tackable Surface are fabric covered, sound absorbing tackable panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
16
Available for QuickShip
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels QUARTER GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVQGWRPM5024
964
+28
+15
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
50
30
P-DVQGWRPM5030
1,057
+28
+15
+50
-32
+22
+46
50
36
P-DVQGWRPM5036
1,152
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
42
P-DVQGWRPM5042
1,247
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
48
P-DVQGWRPM5048
1,337
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
60
P-DVQGWRPM5060
1,518
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
24
P-DVQGWRPM6624
1,112
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
30
P-DVQGWRPM6630
1,228
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
36
P-DVQGWRPM6636
1,346
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
42
P-DVQGWRPM6642
1,464
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
48
P-DVQGWRPM6648
1,579
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
60
P-DVQGWRPM6660
1,812
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
24
P-DVQGWRPM8224
1,263
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
30
P-DVQGWRPM8230
1,404
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
36
P-DVQGWRPM8236
1,544
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
42
P-DVQGWRPM8242
1,682
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
48
P-DVQGWRPM8248
1,826
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Quarter Glass Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. 33” fabric height for 50” high panels, 49” fabric height for 66” high panels, 65” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
17
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Quarter Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels QUARTER GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
50
24
P-DVQGWPPM5024
1,168
+28
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
50
30
P-DVQGWPPM5030
1,267
+28
+50
-32
+22
+46
50
36
P-DVQGWPPM5036
1,364
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
42
P-DVQGWPPM5042
1,459
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
48
P-DVQGWPPM5048
1,554
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
50
60
P-DVQGWPPM5060
1,743
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
24
P-DVQGWPPM6624
1,326
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
30
P-DVQGWPPM6630
1,446
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
66
36
P-DVQGWPPM6636
1,565
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
42
P-DVQGWPPM6642
1,685
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
48
P-DVQGWPPM6648
1,806
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
60
P-DVQGWPPM6660
2,045
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
24
P-DVQGWPPM8224
1,482
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
30
P-DVQGWPPM8230
1,625
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
82
36
P-DVQGWPPM8236
1,765
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
42
P-DVQGWPPM8242
1,911
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
48
P-DVQGWPPM8248
2,056
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Quarter Glass Powered Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. 33” fabric height for 50” high panels, 49” fabric height for 66” high panels, 65” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
18
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels HALF GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
66
24
P-DVHGWRPM6624
1,112
+28
+15
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
66
30
P-DVHGWRPM6630
1,228
+28
+15
+50
-32
+22
+46
66
36
P-DVHGWRPM6636
1,346
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
42
P-DVHGWRPM6642
1,464
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
48
P-DVHGWRPM6648
1,579
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
60
P-DVHGWRPM6660
1,812
+28
+15
+50
-32
+42
+92
82
24
P-DVHGWRPM8224
1,263
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
30
P-DVHGWRPM8230
1,404
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
36
P-DVHGWRPM8236
1,544
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
42
P-DVHGWRPM8242
1,682
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
48
P-DVHGWRPM8248
1,826
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Half Glass Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. 33” fabric height for 66” high panels, 49” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
19
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Half Glass Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels HALF GLASS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
66
24
P-DVHGWPPM6624
1,446
+28
+50
-32
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +22
+46
66
30
P-DVHGWPPM6630
1,446
+28
+50
-32
+22
+46
66
36
P-DVHGWPPM6636
1,565
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
42
P-DVHGWPPM6642
1,685
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
48
P-DVHGWPPM6648
1,806
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
66
60
P-DVHGWPPM6660
2,045
+28
+50
-32
+42
+92
82
24
P-DVHGWPPM8224
1,482
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
30
P-DVHGWPPM8230
1,609
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
82
36
P-DVHGWPPM8236
1,765
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
42
P-DVHGWPPM8242
1,911
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
82
48
P-DVHGWPPM8248
2,036
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Permanent Monolithic Half Glass Powered Panels are fabric covered hard surface panels with an aluminum wrapped glass insert at the top section of the panel. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. 33” fabric height for 66” high panels, 49” fabric height for 82” high panels.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
20
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels AIR FLOW / WALL ACCESS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFROB4224
742
+28
+15
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
42
30
P-DVFROB4230
794
+28
+15
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFROB4236
853
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFROB4242
899
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFROB4248
961
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFROB4260
1,151
+28
+15
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFROB5024
789
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFROB5030
884
+28
+15
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFROB5036
972
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFROB5042
1,057
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFROB5048
1,139
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFROB5060
1,356
+28
+15
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFROB6624
919
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFROB6630
1,014
+28
+15
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFROB6636
1,101
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFROB6642
1,198
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFROB6648
1,284
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFROB6660
1,539
+28
+15
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFROB8224
1,045
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFROB8230
1,150
+28
+15
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFROB8236
1,262
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFROB8242
1,362
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFROB8248
1,480
+28
+15
+50
-94
+118
+254
+60
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Non-Powered Panels - Air Flow / Wall Access are fabric covered hard surface panels. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
21
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Air Flow / Wall Access Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels AIR FLOW / WALL ACCESS PERMANENT MONOLITHIC NON-POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
C.O.M Fabric
42
24
P-DVFPOB4224
1,132
+28
+50
-46
Grade C Fabric Grade D Fabric +28
+60
42
30
P-DVFPOB4230
1,188
+28
+50
-46
+28
+60
42
36
P-DVFPOB4236
1,249
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
42
P-DVFPOB4242
1,288
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
48
P-DVFPOB4248
1,344
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
42
60
P-DVFPOB4260
1,524
+28
+50
-46
+56
+118
50
24
P-DVFPOB5024
1,185
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
30
P-DVFPOB5030
1,279
+28
+50
-56
+34
+74
50
36
P-DVFPOB5036
1,362
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
42
P-DVFPOB5042
1,437
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
48
P-DVFPOB5048
1,537
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
50
60
P-DVFPOB5060
1,736
+28
+50
-56
+68
+146
66
24
P-DVFPOB6624
1,295
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
30
P-DVFPOB6630
1,389
+28
+50
-56
+46
+100
66
36
P-DVFPOB6636
1,502
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
42
P-DVFPOB6642
1,565
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
48
P-DVFPOB6648
1,672
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
66
60
P-DVFPOB6660
1,902
+28
+50
-56
+92
+200
82
24
P-DVFPOB8224
1,421
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
30
P-DVFPOB8230
1,524
+28
+50
-94
+60
+128
82
36
P-DVFPOB8236
1,628
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
42
P-DVFPOB8242
1,727
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
82
48
P-DVFPOB8248
1,829
+28
+50
-94
+118
+254
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Permanent Monolithic Powered Panels - Air Flow / Wall Access are fabric covered hard surface panels. Includes 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers. Panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Air Flow / Wall Access Panels have a 3” fabric border around the opening that allows for air flow. The height of the opening is 16”.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option
22
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels
FABRIC STACK-ON KITS FOR PERMANENT MONOLITHIC PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
24
P-DVSOFM1624
277
+5
GLASS STACK-ON KITS FOR PERMANENT MONOLITHIC PANELS
Grade C Retainer
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
+5
16
24
P-DVSOGW1624
595
+5
16
30
P-DVSOFM1630
301
+5
+5
16
30
P-DVSOGW1630
671
+5
16
36
P-DVSOFM1636
321
+5
+5
16
36
P-DVSOGW1636
694
+5
16
42
P-DVSOFM1642
346
+5
+5
16
42
P-DVSOGW1642
768
+5
16
48
P-DVSOFM1648
371
+5
+5
16
48
P-DVSOGW1648
829
+5
16
60
P-DVSOFM1660
419
+5
+5
16
60
P-DVSOGW1660
948
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Fabric Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels are a solid stack panel that can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi permanent monolithic panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kits are not load bearing and add exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Glass Stack-On Kits for Permanent Monolithic Panels are a solid glass stack panel that can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi permanent monolithic panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kits are not load bearing and add exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
23
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS ADA Door Panels and Door Panel Shrouds ADA DOOR PANELS
ADA GLASS WINDOW DOOR PANELS
H
W
Type
Model Number
List
Grade C Panel Trim
H
W
Type
Model Number
List
Grade C Panel Trim
82
48
Left
P-DVDL8248
2,669
+10
+5
82
48
Left
P-DVDLG8248
4,112
+10
+100
82
48
Right
P-DVDR8248
2,669
+10
+5
82
48
Right
P-DVDRG8248
4,112
+10
+100
Left Hand
Grade C Door Paint
Right Hand
Left Hand
Grade C Door Paint
Right Hand
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Door and Door Frame
ADA Door Panels use a steel tube frame with hollow core door, stainless steel threshold, locking ADA door handle and full height transparent window. Includes one panel, one locking ADA lockset, and two keys. Lockset is field installed.
• Paint Selection for Door and Door Frame
ADA Glass Window Door Panels use a steel tube frame with hollow core door, stainless steel threshold, locking ADA door handle and full height transparent window. Includes one panel, one locking ADA lockset, and two keys. Lockset is field installed. Door has a 5” wood painted border around the glass. Metallic paints not available on actual door.
• Style Selection for Tempered Glass Insert • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
2-WAY AND 3-WAY SHROUDS FOR DIVI DOORS Usage
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
2-Way Left Hand
P-DVDBSL90
54
+5
2 Way Right Hand
P-DVDBSR90
54
+5
3-Way
P-DVDBS3W
54
+5
2-Way
• Style Selection for Tempered Glass Insert
3-Way
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
2-Way and 3-Way Shrouds for Divi Doors are painted metal shrouds for use only with Divi doors where standard plastic shrouds will not work. Important: Door shrouds do not have a finished top, order post fillers separately to complete the configuration. Available for QuickShip
24
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
MONOLITHIC PANELS Sliding Doors and Sliding Door Kits 66” HIGH NON-LOCKING SLIDING DOOR
82” HIGH SLIDING DOOR WITH TOP TRACK BAR
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
66
36
P-DVRPS6636
1,668
+25
82
36
P-DVRPSS8236
2,296
+25
66
42
P-DVRPS6642
1,792
+25
82
42
P-DVRPSS8242
2,435
+25
66
48
P-DVRPS6648
1,914
+25
82
48
P-DVRPSS8248
2,581
+25
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Sliding Door Frame
Sliding Door attaches to frame face at either left or right, outside or inside of an opening. Sliding doors are available to accommodate 36”, 42” and 48” wide openings and are 66” or 82” high. 82” doors come with a top track bar kit for added stability. Lightweight, aluminum frame, painted as specified, with a ribbed lexan insert. Sliding door extends 1 ½” into opening when fully open and stands a total of 2” off panel face. These dimensions should be taken into consideration when planning for ADA door openings and aisle dimension requirements if door is mounted on outside of office.
END OF RUN SLIDING DOOR TRIM KITS H
Model Number
List
SLIDING DOOR HANDLE KIT
Grade C Paint
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
A-UNRPSH
169
+10
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
P-DVRPSL
283
+10
66
P-UNRPSEOR66
387
+25
82
P-UNRPSEOR82
418
+25
Front
Back
SLIDING DOOR LOCK KIT Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
End of Run Sliding Door Trim Kits are sold and specified separately. End of run trim kit is used to close the gap created when the sliding door is against a 2-way or 3-way connector situation. Available for QuickShip
Notes Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
25
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 1 Possible Insert Panel Side Elevations
42” h Mono
50” h Mono
Insert Panel Monolithic Elevation
66” h Mono
82” h Mono
42” h Seg
Insert Panel Segmented Elevation
50” h Seg
66” h Seg
82” h Seg
50” h 66” h 66” h 82” h 82” h 66” h 82” h 82” h Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass Q-glass H-glass H-glass H-glass Seg Mono Mono Seg Mono Seg Mono Mono
Quarter Glass Monolithic Elevation
Quarter Glass Segmented Elevation
Half Glass Monolithic Elevation
Half Glass Segmented Elevation
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
26
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details
Product Detail 2 Insert Panel Availability Monolithic Front/Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
66”H
66”H
50”H
42”H
50”H
42”H
2
2 1
Side B
Side A
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
4 3
1
1
1
Side B
Side A
1
2
1
1
3
Side B
Side A
2 1
Side A
Side B
Side B
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Segmented Front/Segmented Back Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H 50”H
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
42”H 2
2 2
1
1
Side A
Side B
82”H 66”H
66”H
50”H
1 1
1
Side B
Side A
1
1
Side A
Side B
1
1
Side B
Side A
Side B
Heights: 42”, 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 50”, 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Insert - Powered/Non-Powered:
Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H 66”H
66”H
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Side B
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
3 2
1
1 1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 66” 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 60” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
27
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 2 Insert Panel Availability (Cont.) Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Insert Pnael - Powered/Non-Powered:
Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
82”H
2
1
1
1
1
Side A
Side B
Side A
Side B
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Insert Panel - Powered/Non-Powered:
82”H
2 1
Side A
2 1
Side B
Heights: 82” (Actual Min. Height = Nominal - 1/16”) - 1 1/2” Leveling Glide Range Widths: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48” (Actual Width = Nominal + 1/8”)
Product Detail 3 Panel Profile
Hanger frame has a slot pattern on a 1” standard increment for hang on components. Slots are 3/4” tall x approximately 1/8” wide. Hanger frame is factory installed and removal is not required for panel installation.
28
Hanger frame face is factory finished and requires no endcap or HiLo trim after panel installation.
Hanger frame topcap is field installed and remains easily removable to facilitate panel installation and reconfiguration. Panel topcap is factory installed. Topcaps on permanent monolithic panels are fixed.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Panel polypropylene hinge inserts into hinge channels built into every hanger frame in order to connect panels together. A 21” length is inserted to the bottom and then an additional length for each panel height needed.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details
Product Detail 3 Panel Profile (Cont.)
Alignment plate holds panels in vertical alignment and prevents panel shear. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway is included with every powered panel and is factory installed. Raceway glides are adjustable up to 1 3/4” for installation on unlevel floors and include carpet grippers.
Insert panel topcaps can be removed to facilitate insert replacement.
Metal raceway divider (optional) separates low voltage data cables and high voltage electrical cables if desired. Divider attaches to raceway glides and is retrofitable on installed panels. Base cover assembly ships separate as one piece and installs by sliding under panel after panel installation, hinging up and snapping to the underside of the panel. Non-powered or powered base covers are shipped with non-powered or powered panels, respectively. Base covers have a small “mud flap” for data cable egress.
Duplex outlets are ordered separately. Two outlets can be used per side, four total per panel. Outlets utilize top base cover holes. Duplex outlet covers hide unused duplex outlet or data locations. Six are shipped with every panel. A 24”W gets three duplex outlet covers. Order extra as needed. Snap-in data jack housing (order separately) accommodates six Hubbell or compatible data/voice jacks. Snap-in housings may not be used back to back on a spine wall.
Data cable raceway cavity is approximately 2” wide by 3” tall and can accommodate between 32 and 40 Cat 6 data cables, depending on how tightly they are packed. Cat 5 and 6 data jacks extend beyond center line of raceway, preventing jack housings to be used back to back on a spine. Plan on using “cross corners” on panel to eliminate this issue.
Inserts are removable by sliding out from the top of the hanger frame channels. Insert retainers separate tiles horizontally and may be removed by sliding up and out of the top of the panel.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
29
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Divi Insert Panel Product Details Product Detail 4 Panel Frame Creep Dimensions 180 degree connection = 1/32 inch between Panels
2 inches at 2-ways
Actual Panel Width = Nominal + 1/8 inch (i.e. 24 inch wide nominal panel = 24 1/8 wide actual)
Interior Width = Actual Panel Width(s) + Total from 180 degree situations (i.e. as above (24 1/8 x 3 )+ (1/32 x 2) = 72 7/16 inch
2 inches at 3-ways and 4-ways as below
1/4 inch 1/8 inch
2 inches
At base of panel, Alignment Tabs protrude 1/4 inch from face of panel and 1/8 inch from end.
3/4 inch for Wallmounts
Product Detail 5 Insert Panel Specifications 66” High x 36” Wide Example Panel Segmented Front and Back
For instance, a 66”H x 36”W segmented panel has a total of six inserts (three inserts per side). If the three inserts on Side A were to be Grade C fabric, the upcharge for the panel would be $47.
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Total upcharge = $47 for the panel. If the Position 1 and Position 2 inserts on Side A were to be Grade C fabric, and the Position 3 insert on Side A were to be Grade D fabric, the upcharge for the panel would be $61. Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade D Upcharge = $27 Total upcharge = $61 for the panel.
P1 = 27”
Side A
30
P1 = 27”
Side B
If all six inserts (three on Side A, three on Side B) were to be Grade C fabric, the Grade C fabric upcharge for the panel would be $94. • Side A Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 • Side B Position 1, 27”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $21 • Side A Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side B Position 2, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side A Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Side B Position 3, 16”H x 36”W insert Grade C Upcharge = $13 • Total upcharge = $94 for the panel. Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Inserts
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK INSERTS - NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK INSERTS - POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
24
P-DVFRMM4224
541
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPMM4224
770
+28
+50
42
30
P-DVFRMM4230
577
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPMM4230
831
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRMM4236
661
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPMM4236
925
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRMM4242
698
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPMM4242
978
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRMM4248
748
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPMM4248
1,046
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRMM4260
859
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPMM4260
1,161
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRMM5024
584
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPMM5024
811
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRMM5030
627
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPMM5030
876
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRMM5036
725
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPMM5036
987
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRMM5042
760
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPMM5042
1,037
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRMM5048
830
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPMM5048
1,119
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRMM5060
948
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPMM5060
1,250
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRMM6624
678
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPMM6624
916
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRMM6630
723
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPMM6630
972
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRMM6636
851
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPMM6636
1,113
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRMM6642
899
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPMM6642
1,178
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRMM6648
969
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPMM6648
1,259
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRMM6660
1,092
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPMM6660
1,393
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRMM8224
805
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPMM8224
1,032
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRMM8230
870
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPMM8230
1,110
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRMM8236
989
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPMM8236
1,241
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRMM8242
1,079
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPMM8242
1,343
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRMM8248
1,152
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPMM8248
1,428
+28
+50
P1 = 35”
Front
P1 = 43”
P1 = 35”
42” High
Back
Front
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
P1 = 59”
P1 = 59”
Front
Back
P1 = 75”
P1 = 75”
Front
Back
P1 = 43”
50” High
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Monolithic Front/Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered. Powered includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
31
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
42
24
P-DVFRMS4224
567
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPMS4224
817
+28
+50
42
30
P-DVFRMS4230
605
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPMS4230
873
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRMS4236
691
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPMS4236
972
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRMS4242
729
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPMS4242
1,027
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRMS4248
787
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPMS4248
1,097
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRMS4260
898
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPMS4260
1,225
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRMS5024
614
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPMS5024
869
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRMS5030
658
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPMS5030
926
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRMS5036
758
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPMS5036
1,043
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRMS5042
801
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPMS5042
1,099
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRMS5048
861
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPMS5048
1,175
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRMS5060
974
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPMS5060
1,311
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRMS6624
737
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPMS6624
993
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRMS6630
788
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPMS6630
1,057
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRMS6636
920
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPMS6636
1,205
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRMS6642
964
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPMS6642
1,266
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRMS6648
1,037
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPMS6648
1,353
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRMS6660
1,178
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPMS6660
1,508
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRMS8224
927
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPMS8224
1,158
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRMS8230
992
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPMS8230
1,236
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRMS8236
1,135
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPMS8236
1,391
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRMS8242
1,206
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPMS8242
1,474
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRMS8248
1,288
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPMS8248
1,569
+28
+50
P4 = 16” P3 = 16” P2 = 16”
P2 = 08” P1 = 35”
Front
42” High
P1 = 43”
P1 = 27”
Back
Front
P1 = 59”
P1 = 27”
50” High
Back
Front
P1 = 75”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with monolithic insert surface on front side and segmented insert surface on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included for non-powered panels. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included for powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider, powered panels may be ordered with raceway dividers. Powered includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Note: Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Options (Non-Powered)
32
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Inserts
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK INSERTS - NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK INSERTS - POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
24
P-DVFRSS4224
603
+28
+15
+50
42
24
P-DVFPSS4224
42
30
P-DVFRSS4230
646
+28
+15
+50
42
30
P-DVFPSS4230
901
+28
+50
42
36
P-DVFRSS4236
735
+28
+15
+50
42
36
P-DVFPSS4236
1,002
+28
+50
42
42
P-DVFRSS4242
775
+28
+15
+50
42
42
P-DVFPSS4242
1,057
+28
+50
42
48
P-DVFRSS4248
833
+28
+15
+50
42
48
P-DVFPSS4248
1,129
+28
+50
42
60
P-DVFRSS4260
948
+28
+15
+50
42
60
P-DVFPSS4260
1,257
+28
+50
50
24
P-DVFRSS5024
657
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVFPSS5024
898
+28
+50
50
30
P-DVFRSS5030
702
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVFPSS5030
958
+28
+50
50
36
P-DVFRSS5036
810
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVFPSS5036
1,078
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVFRSS5042
851
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVFPSS5042
1,133
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVFRSS5048
915
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVFPSS5048
1,209
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVFRSS5060
1,039
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVFPSS5060
1,336
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVFRSS6624
812
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVFPSS6624
1,053
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVFRSS6630
870
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVFPSS6630
1,125
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVFRSS6636
1,005
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVFPSS6636
1,275
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVFRSS6642
1,049
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVFPSS6642
1,332
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVFRSS6648
1,125
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVFPSS6648
1,421
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVFRSS6660
1,276
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVFPSS6660
1,585
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVFRSS8224
1,033
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVFPSS8224
1,263
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVFRSS8230
1,098
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVFPSS8230
1,354
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVFRSS8236
1,265
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVFPSS8236
1,532
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVFRSS8242
1,311
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVFPSS8242
1,595
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVFRSS8248
1,402
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVFPSS8248
1,698
+28
+50
P2 = 08”
P2 = 08”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
42” High
Back
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
843
+28
+50
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
50” High
P4 = 16”
P4 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
Front
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4
Segmented Front/Back Inserts are solid core blank panels with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
33
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
50
24
P-DVQGWRMM5024
1,021
+28
+15
+50
50
24
P-DVQGWPMM5024
50
30
P-DVQGWRMM5030
1,119
+28
+15
+50
50
30
P-DVQGWPMM5030
50
36
P-DVQGWRMM5036
1,220
+28
+15
+50
50
36
P-DVQGWPMM5036
1,444
+28
+50
50
42
P-DVQGWRMM5042
1,318
+28
+15
+50
50
42
P-DVQGWPMM5042
1,545
+28
+50
50
48
P-DVQGWRMM5048
1,415
+28
+15
+50
50
48
P-DVQGWPMM5048
1,645
+28
+50
50
60
P-DVQGWRMM5060
1,591
+28
+15
+50
50
60
P-DVQGWPMM5060
1,844
+28
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWRMM6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPMM6624
1,403
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWRMM6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPMM6630
1,530
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWRMM6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPMM6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWRMM6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPMM6642
1,784
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWRMM6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPMM6648
1,911
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWRMM6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPMM6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWRMM8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPMM8224
1,554
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWRMM8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPMM8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWRMM8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPMM8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWRMM8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPMM8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWRMM8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPMM8248
2,176
+28
+50
16” Glass
16” Glass
16” Glass
P1 = 43”
P1 = 43”
W
16” Glass
P1 = 27”
Front
H
Model Number
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,237
+28
+50
1,341
+28
+50
List
16” Glass
16” Glass
P1 = 59”
P1 = 59”
P1 = 27”
50” High
Back
Front
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Back Quarter Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window inserts and painted metal trim with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
34
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVQGWRMS6624
1,177
+28
+15
66
30
P-DVQGWRMS6630
1,303
+28
+15
66
36
P-DVQGWRMS6636
1,424
+28
66
42
P-DVQGWRMS6642
1,549
+28
66
48
P-DVQGWRMS6648
1,672
66
60
P-DVQGWRMS6660
1,918
82
24
P-DVQGWRMS8224
82
30
82
36
82 82
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPMS6624
1,388
+28
+50
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPMS6630
1,530
+28
+50
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPMS6636
1,655
+28
+50
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPMS6642
1,784
+28
+50
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPMS6648
1,911
+28
+50
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPMS6660
2,163
+28
+50
1,323
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPMS8224
1,554
+28
+50
P-DVQGWRMS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPMS8230
1,703
+28
+50
P-DVQGWRMS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPMS8236
1,868
+28
+50
42
P-DVQGWRMS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPMS8242
2,003
+28
+50
48
P-DVQGWRMS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPMS8248
2,155
+28
+50
16” Glass 16” Glass P1 = 43”
Front
16” Glass
P1 = 59”
16” Glass P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
66” High
Back
Front
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Quarter Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window inserts and painted metal trim, with monolithic insert surface on front side and segmented insert surface on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1 • Insert Style for Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
35
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Quarter Glass Inserts SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK QUARTER GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVQGWRSS6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVQGWPSS6624
1,388
+28
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWRSS6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVQGWPSS6630
1,515
+28
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWRSS6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVQGWPSS6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWRSS6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVQGWPSS6642
1,767
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWRSS6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVQGWPSS6648
1,911
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWRSS6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVQGWPSS6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWRSS8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVQGWPSS8224
1,569
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWRSS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVQGWPSS8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWRSS8236
1,617
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVQGWPSS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWRSS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVQGWPSS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWRSS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVQGWPSS8248
2,176
+28
+50
16” Glass
16” Glass P3 = 16”
16” Glass
16” Glass
P3 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
Front
Back
66” High
82” High
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Segmented Front / Back Quarter Glass Insert are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels include six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
36
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Back Half Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
66
24
P-DVHGWRMM6624
1,177
+28
+15
+50
66
24
P-DVHGWPMM6624
66
30
P-DVHGWRMM6630
1,303
+28
+15
+50
66
30
P-DVHGWPMM6630
66
36
P-DVHGWRMM6636
1,424
+28
+15
+50
66
36
P-DVHGWPMM6636
1,655
+28
+50
66
42
P-DVHGWRMM6642
1,549
+28
+15
+50
66
42
P-DVHGWPMM6642
1,767
+28
+50
66
48
P-DVHGWRMM6648
1,672
+28
+15
+50
66
48
P-DVHGWPMM6648
1,894
+28
+50
66
60
P-DVHGWRMM6660
1,918
+28
+15
+50
66
60
P-DVHGWPMM6660
2,143
+28
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWRMM8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPMM8224
1,554
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWRMM8230
1,485
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPMM8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWRMM8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPMM8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRMM8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPMM8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRMM8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPMM8248
2,155
+28
+50
32” Glass
32” Glass
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
66” High
H
W
Model Number
32” Glass
32” Glass
P1 = 43”
P1 = 43”
Front
82” High
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,388
+28
+50
1,515
+28
+50
List
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Back Half Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with monolithic insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
37
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Monolithic Front/Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
MONOLITHIC FRONT/SEGMENTED BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
82
24
P-DVHGWRMS8224
1,336
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPMS8224
1,569
+28
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWRMS8230
1,472
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPMS8230
1,703
+28
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWRMS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPMS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRMS8242
1,765
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPMS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRMS8248
1,912
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPMS8248
2,155
+28
+50
32” Glass
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
32” Glass
P2 = 16” P1 = 43”
Front
P1 = 27”
82” High
Back
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Monolithic Front / Segmented Back Half Glass Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim, with monolithic insert surfaces on front side and segmented insert surfaces on back side. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered. Powered panels may be ordered with power/ data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels includes six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Fabric Selection for Side A Position 1 • Insert Style for Side B Position 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
38
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Segmented Front/Back Half Glass Inserts SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS NON-POWERED PANELS
SEGMENTED FRONT/BACK HALF GLASS INSERTS POWERED PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Data Access
Raceway Divider
82
24
P-DVHGWRSS8224
1,323
+28
+15
+50
82
24
P-DVHGWPSS8224
82
30
P-DVHGWRSS8230
1,485
+28
+15
+50
82
30
P-DVHGWPSS8230
82
36
P-DVHGWRSS8236
1,633
+28
+15
+50
82
36
P-DVHGWPSS8236
1,850
+28
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWRSS8242
1,782
+28
+15
+50
82
42
P-DVHGWPSS8242
2,003
+28
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWRSS8248
1,932
+28
+15
+50
82
48
P-DVHGWPSS8248
2,155
+28
+50
H
32” Glass
32” Glass
P2 = 16”
P2 = 16”
P1 = 27”
P1 = 27”
Front
Back
82” High
W
Model Number
Grade C Paint
Raceway Divider
1,554
+28
+50
1,719
+28
+50
List
Specify
Notes
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Segmented Front / Back Half Glass Powered Inserts are solid core blank panels with tempered glass window insert and painted metal trim with segmented insert surfaces on both sides. Inserts are pre-configured and factory installed. Inserts do not need to be removed for installation. Inserts can be removed for replacement in the field. Blank base covers are included with non-powered panels. Non-powered panels may be ordered with power/data access base covers and/or raceway divider. 8 wire 4 circuit powerway and power/data access base covers are included with powered panels. Powered panels may be ordered with a raceway divider. Powered panels include six duplex outlet hole covers; 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Each panel includes all connection hinges needed for each panel. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Duplex outlets and electrical jumpers are specified separately. See “Electrical”. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Non-powered panels shown.
• Insert Style for Side A Positions 1,2,3,4 and Side B Positions 1,2,3,4 • Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Paint Selection for Insert Retainer • Color Selection for Base Cover • Color Selection for Connection Hinges • Raceway Divider Option • Data Access Option (Non-Powered)
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
39
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Fabric and Glass Stack-On Kits for Insert Panels FABRIC STACK-ON KITS FOR INSERT PANELS
GLASS STACK-ON KITS FOR INSERT PANELS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Retainer
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
24
P-DVSOF1624
267
+5
+5
16
24
P-DVSOGW1624
595
+5
16
30
P-DVSOF1630
290
+5
+5
16
30
P-DVSOGW1630
671
+5
16
36
P-DVSOF1636
310
+5
+5
16
36
P-DVSOGW1636
694
+5
16
42
P-DVSOF1642
334
+5
+5
16
42
P-DVSOGW1642
768
+5
16
48
P-DVSOF1648
358
+5
+5
16
48
P-DVSOGW1648
829
+5
16
60
P-DVSOF1660
404
+5
+5
16
60
P-DVSOGW1660
948
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Side A and B
Insert Fabric Stack-On Panel Kits are a solid stack panel for insert panels and can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi insert panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/sound privacy. Stack-on kit is not for use on permanent monolithic panels. Stack-on kit is non-load bearing and adds exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stacks-on kits can be placed on solid, quarter glass, or half glass insert panels. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit. For fabric see fabric insert upcharge pricing page. Topcap on existing panel is reused on top of the stack on panel. No top cap ships with the stack panels.
• Style Selection for Glass Insert
Insert Glass Stack-On Panel Kits are a solid glass stack panel for insert panels and can be retrofitted to any installed or un-installed DiVi insert panel for the purpose of increasing panel height for visual/ sound privacy. Note: Stack-on kit is not for use on permanent monolithic panels. Stack-on kit is nonload bearing and adds exactly 16” to panel height (i.e. making a 50” tall panel equal to a 66” tall panel). Kits include alignment hardware, mounting brackets, and connection hinges. Two hinge colors available, white for lighter color jobs and black for darker color jobs. Stack-on kits can be placed on solid, quarter glass, or half glass insert panels. Stack-on kits may not be stacked on top of another stack-on kit.
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
40
• Paint Selection for Panel Trim • Color Selection for Connection Hinges
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Replacement Fabric Inserts REPLACEMENT FABRIC INSERTS
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
8
24
P-DVSFR0824
140
-3
+4
+7
43
24
P-DVSFR4324
190
-28
+23
+50
8
30
P-DVSFR0830
140
-3
+4
+7
43
30
P-DVSFR4330
190
-28
+23
+50
8
36
P-DVSFR0836
154
-3
+7
+14
43
36
P-DVSFR4336
246
-28
+46
+100
8
42
P-DVSFR0842
154
-3
+7
+14
43
42
P-DVSFR4342
246
-28
+46
+100
8
48
P-DVSFR0848
154
-3
+7
+14
43
48
P-DVSFR4348
246
-28
+46
+100
8
60
P-DVSFR0860
154
-3
+7
+14
43
60
P-DVSFR4360
246
-28
+46
+100
16
24
P-DVSFR1624
154
-6
+7
+14
59
24
P-DVSFR5924
205
-28
+23
+50
16
30
P-DVSFR1630
154
-6
+7
+14
59
30
P-DVSFR5930
205
-28
+23
+50
16
36
P-DVSFR1636
165
-6
+13
+27
59
36
P-DVSFR5936
284
-28
+46
+100
16
42
P-DVSFR1642
165
-6
+13
+27
59
42
P-DVSFR5942
284
-28
+46
+100
16
48
P-DVSFR1648
165
-6
+13
+27
59
48
P-DVSFR5948
284
-28
+46
+100
16
60
P-DVSFR1660
165
-6
+13
+27
59
60
P-DVSFR5960
284
-28
+46
+100
27
24
P-DVSFR2724
162
-16
+11
+23
75
24
P-DVSFR7524
238
-47
+30
+64
27
30
P-DVSFR2730
162
-16
+11
+23
75
30
P-DVSFR7530
238
-47
+30
+64
27
36
P-DVSFR2736
196
-16
+21
+46
75
36
P-DVSFR7536
315
-47
+59
+127
27
42
P-DVSFR2742
196
-16
+21
+46
75
42
P-DVSFR7542
315
-47
+59
+127
27
48
P-DVSFR2748
196
-16
+21
+46
75
48
P-DVSFR7548
315
-47
+59
+127
27
60
P-DVSFR2760
196
-16
+21
+46
35
24
P-DVSFR3524
173
-23
+14
+30
35
30
P-DVSFR3530
173
-23
+14
+30
35
36
P-DVSFR3536
226
-23
+28
+59
35
42
P-DVSFR3542
226
-23
+28
+59
35
48
P-DVSFR3548
226
-23
+28
+59
35
60
P-DVSFR3560
226
-23
+28
+59
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection for Insert
Replacement Fabric Inserts are specified only when replacing fabric inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
41
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Replacement Laminate and Embossed Steel Inserts REPLACEMENT LAMINATE INSERTS
REPLACEMENT EMBOSSED STEEL INSERTS
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
8
24
P-DVSL0824
9
+17
8
24
P-DVSD0824
101
+5
8
30
P-DVSL0830
11
+21
8
30
P-DVSD0830
111
+5
8
36
P-DVSL0836
13
+25
8
36
P-DVSD0836
112
+5
8
42
P-DVSL0842
15
+29
8
42
P-DVSD0842
125
+5
8
48
P-DVSL0848
17
+34
8
48
P-DVSD0848
156
+5
8
60
P-DVSL0860
19
+40
8
60
P-DVSD0860
180
+5
16
24
P-DVSL1624
13
+34
16
24
P-DVSD1624
137
+5
16
30
P-DVSL1630
17
+42
16
30
P-DVSD1630
159
+5
16
36
P-DVSL1636
21
+50
16
36
P-DVSD1636
165
+5
16
42
P-DVSL1642
25
+59
16
42
P-DVSD1642
174
+5
16
48
P-DVSL1648
29
+67
16
48
P-DVSD1648
238
+5
16
60
P-DVSL1660
34
+76
16
60
P-DVSD1660
281
+5
27
24
P-DVSL2724
21
+50
27
24
P-DVSD2724
182
+5
27
30
P-DVSL2730
29
+63
27
30
P-DVSD2730
211
+5
27
36
P-DVSL2736
38
+75
27
36
P-DVSD2736
228
+5
27
42
P-DVSL2742
46
+88
27
42
P-DVSD2742
241
+5
27
48
P-DVSL2748
54
+100
27
48
P-DVSD2748
322
+5
27
60
P-DVSL2760
63
+112
27
60
P-DVSD2760
346
+5
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Laminate Selection for Insert
Replacement Laminate Inserts are specified only when replacing laminate inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change.
• Paint Selection for Insert
Replacement Embossed Steel Inserts are specified only when replacing embossed steel inserts in the field due to damage or a need for aesthetic change.
Available for QuickShip
42
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
INSERT PANELS Fabric Insert Upcharges
Refer below for upcharges/discounts for all insert panels. Prices are per insert. White board inserts are the same price as Grade A Fabric inserts.
FABRIC INSERT UPCHARGES Insert Size
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Laminate Insert
Grade C Laminate
Embossed Steel Insert
Grade C Paint
8 x 24
-3
+4
+7
+8
+17
+97
+5
8 x 30
-3
+4
+7
+10
+21
+107
+5
8 x 36
-3
+7
+14
+12
+25
+108
+5
8 x 42
-3
+7
+14
+14
+29
+120
+5
8 x 48
-3
+7
+14
+16
+34
+150
+5
8 x 60
-3
+7
+14
+18
+40
+173
+5
16 x 24
-6
+7
+14
+12
+34
+132
+5
16 x 30
-6
+7
+14
+16
+42
+153
+5
16 x 36
-6
+13
+27
+20
+50
+143
+5
16 x 42
-6
+13
+27
+24
+59
+168
+5
16 x 48
-6
+13
+27
+28
+67
+229
+5
16 x 60
-6
+13
+27
+32
+76
+271
+5
27 x 24
-16
+11
+23
+20
+50
+175
+5
27 x 30
-16
+11
+23
+28
+63
+203
+5
27 x 36
-16
+21
+46
+36
+75
+198
+5
27 x 42
-16
+21
+46
+44
+88
+232
+5
27 x 48
-16
+21
+46
+52
+100
+311
+5
27 x 60
-16
+21
+46
+60
+112
+334
+5
35 x 24
-23
+14
+30
-
-
-
-
35 x 30
-23
+14
+30
-
-
-
-
35 x 36
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 42
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 48
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
35 x 60
-23
+28
+59
-
-
-
-
43 x 24
-28
+17
+37
-
-
-
-
43 x 30
-28
+17
+37
-
-
-
-
43 x 36
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 42
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 48
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
43 x 60
-28
+34
+73
-
-
-
-
59 x 24
-28
+23
+50
-
-
-
-
59 x 30
-28
+23
+50
-
-
-
-
59 x 36
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 42
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 48
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
59 x 60
-28
+46
+100
-
-
-
-
75 x 24
-47
+30
+64
-
-
-
-
75 x 30
-47
+30
+64
-
-
-
-
75 x 36
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
75 x 42
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
75 x 48
-47
+59
+127
-
-
-
-
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
43
DIVI
CONNECTORS Divi Connector Product Details Product Detail 1 Possible Insert Panel Side Elevations
The panel connection hinge is able to be used in numerous types of panel connections as shown below. No additional panel connection hardware is needed to connect panels. However, base raceway shrouds are required for certain 2-way and 3-way applications to cover electrical and data cables.
Straight / 180˚ Connection: Hinge channels in hanger frame form a 90˚ angle when two panels are aligned in a straight line. The hinge is extruded at this angle and installs easily when panels are started at this angle. After installation of hinge, panels can be rotated to achieve other angles.
2-Way 90˚ Connection:
( 90˚ Raceway (90) 2-Way deg) 2-way Shroud
raceway shroud
3-Way 90˚ Connection:
2-Way 60˚/120˚ Connection:
deg) 2-way ((60/120 60˚/120˚ ) 2-Way Raceway Shroud raceway shroud
3-Way 120˚ Connection:
2-Way 45˚/135˚ Connection:
((45/135 45˚/135˚ ) deg) 2-Way 2-way Raceway Shroud raceway shroud
4-Way 90˚ Connection:
((90 90˚ )deg) 3-Way3-way Raceway Shroud
raceway shroud
44
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
CONNECTORS Base Raceway Shrouds 90° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
120°/ 60° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
P-DVBS90
17
+8
P-DVBS60
17
+8
135°/ 45° 2-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
90° 3-WAY BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
Model Number
List
Raceway Divider
P-DVBS45
17
+8
P-DVBS3W
17
+8
END BASE RACEWAY SHROUDS Model Number
List
P-DVSEOR
17
Specify
Notes
• Color Selection for Shroud Cover
Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways in order to cover data/electrical cable exposure.
• Raceway Divider Option
90° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 90° panel connections. 120°/60° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 120°/60° panel connections. 135°/45° 2-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 135°/45° panel connections. 90° 3-Way Base Raceway Shrouds are required to trim base raceways at 90° 3-way panel connections. End Base Raceway Shroud are required to trim base raceways at end of panel runs. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
45
DIVI
CONNECTORS Wall Mount Kits and Wall Tracks WALL MOUNT KITS
WALL TRACKS
H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVWMKIT42
76
+15
60
A-WTRK60
126
+5
50
P-DVWMKIT50
85
+15
80
A-WTRK80
154
+5
66
P-DVWMKIT66
111
+15
82
P-DVWMKIT82
138
+15
STACK PANEL WALL MOUNT KIT H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
16
P-DVWMKIT16
72
+15
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Wall Track mounts to fixed walls to provide slotted channel for worksurface support brackets, tackboards or shelves. Slots are on 1” vertical repeat pattern. Wall track mounting holes are 1/4” diameter, repeating 6” on center starting 1/2” from top of track. Hardware for mounting wall track to walls is not included. Use hardware appropriate to wall type. Wall track may not be shared between shelf units, flipper door units, or tackboards. Track sits approximately 5” off floor when leveled with top of panels to accomodate wall cover base. Shelving Units and Flipper door units may not share a Wall Track. Two sticks of Wall Track are required for each unit being mounted. Available for QuickShip
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Wall Mount Kits mount panel perpendicular to fixed wall. Specify according to the height of the panel to be mounted. Wall mount hardware to attach wall mount to wall is not included. Includes hinges. Available for QuickShip
46
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
CONNECTORS Post Filler Kits 2-WAY POST FILLER
3-WAY POST FILLER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPF242
243
+10
42
P-DVPF342
228
+10
50
P-DVPF250
248
+10
50
P-DVPF350
236
+10
58
P-DVPF258
256
+10
58
P-DVPF358
243
+10
66
P-DVPF266
260
+10
66
P-DVPF366
251
+10
82
P-DVPF282
308
+10
82
P-DVPF382
297
+10
98
P-DVPF298
354
+10
98
P-DVPF398
340
+10
4-WAY POST FILLER
END OF RUN POST FILLER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPF442
113
+10
42
P-DVPFE42
227
+10
50
P-DVPF450
122
+10
50
P-DVPFE50
233
+10
58
P-DVPF458
130
+10
58
P-DVPFE58
241
+10
66
P-DVPF466
136
+10
66
P-DVPFE66
248
+10
82
P-DVPF482
181
+10
82
P-DVPFE82
290
+10
98
P-DVPF498
222
+10
98
P-DVPFE98
332
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Post Fillers can be used to cover wires in the vertical cavities created when two or more panels are joined at 90° angles or simply as an aesthetic piece. 2-way, 3-way, and end or run fillers include a base shroud. Post fillers are not needed for panel connection, stability, or structural integrity. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
47
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Divi Electrical Product Details Product Detail 1 Electrical Components (8 Wire, 4 Circuit) AIS Divi 8 Wire 4 Circuit electrical system contains four circuits. Each circuit is rated at 20 amps/120 volts maximum. Circuit 1, Circuit 2 and Circuit 3 are served by a system neutral and an equipment ground. Circuit 4 is dedicated and is served by its own neutral and ground. Circuit and ground conductors are #12 A.G.W. (gauge). All neutrals are #10 A.G.W. (gauge).
White & Black Wire
Circuit 1/2/3 Ground
Green Wire
Circuit 4 Ground
Green & Yellow Wire
Circuit 4 Neutral
White & Red Wire
Circuit 2 Hot
Red Wire
Circuit 3 Hot
Blue Wire Hot Neutral Ground
Black Wire
Circuit 1/2/3 Neutral
Hot Neutral Ground
Circuit 1 Hot
Hot Neutral Ground
Pink Wire
Hot Neutral Ground
Circuit 4 Hot
Shown below is a cross section of metal cable used for 8 Wire 4 Circuit jumpers and infeeds. Circuit and ground conductors are #12 A.G.W. (gauge). All neutrals are #10 A.G.W. (gauge).
Cross Section 8 Wire 4 Circuit Cable Metal Cable Jacket Hot 1 (Black) Hot 2 (Red) Neutral 1/2/3 (White/Black) (#10g) Ground 1/2/3 (Green)
Hot 3 (Blue)
Neutral 4 (White/Red) (#10g) Ground 4 (Green/Yellow) Hot 4 (Pink)
4D
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Powerways provide electrical distribution and access for duplex outlets back to back. 24” wide panels can accept only one duplex outlet per side, two total back to back. All other panels can accept two per side, four total back to back. Powerways “grow” in length with frames of greater width, making panel to panel connections a “standard” configuration and allowing for “pass through” connections. Each powerway has locations for up to four jumpers, two at each end. Powerways are included when ordering powered panels.
2 Jumper connection locations
1 Duplex outlet location
8 Wire 4 Circuit Powerway for 24"w panel
Duplex Outlets are designated as circuits 1 through 4. Each duplex outlet contains two single receptacles (places to plug into) of the same circuit and are specified separately from powerways. All duplex outlets have black faces. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 1, 2 and 3 is white. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 4 is orange. Outlets are screw mounted to powerway. Duplex outlets are standard 15 amp outlets. For 20 amp outlets, call AIS Customer Service.
Powerway mounting holes 1 Duplex outlet location 2 Jumper connection locations
2 Jumper connection locations
2 Duplex outlet locations
Outlet mounting hole
8 Wire 4 Circuit Powerway for 36"w panel
48
Common Equipment Amperages: Personal Computer ..... 2.00 - 4.00 Laser Printer ................ 5.00 - 8.00 Desktop Plotter ........... 1.50 4D Fan .............................. 1.00 Heater .......................... 8.50 - 12.50 Tasklight ...................... 1.00 Slide Projector ............. 2.00 - 6.00 Coffee Pot ....................15.00 Paper Shredder ........... 4.40 - 13.00 Radio ........................... 0.05 Pencil Sharpener ......... 1.00 Calculator .................... 0.25 Answering Machine ..... 0.08
2 Duplex outlet locations Jumper locking clip 2 Jumper connection locations
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Panel-to-Panel and Lateral Pass Through Jumpers PANEL-TO-PANEL JUMPERS
I-CONNECTOR
L
Type
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
18
Standard
E-MX8W4PTPC18
150
E-UN8W4ICON
109
21
Extended
E-MX8W4PTPC21
158
Notes
Notes
Panel-to-Panel Jumper connects any two adjacent powered panels connected in a straight line or at an angle. Order an Extended Panel-to-Panel Jumper to connect any two powered panels across the gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection. 90º, 120º and 135º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper.
An I-Connector is only required when it is necessary to connect two male end jumpers. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
LATERAL PASS THROUGH JUMPERS
EXTENDED LATERAL PASS THROUGH JUMPERS
Panel W
Actual L
Model Number
List
Panel W
Actual L
Model Number
List
24
43
E-MW8W4PJ24
214
24
45
E-MW8W4PJ24E
223
30
48
E-MW8W4PJ30
231
30
51
E-MW8W4PJ30E
235
36
55
E-MW8W4PJ36
238
36
57
E-MW8W4PJ36E
242
42
61
E-MW8W4PJ42
245
42
63
E-MW8W4PJ42E
249
48
67
E-MW8W4PJ48
265
48
69
E-MW8W4PJ48E
271
60
79
E-MW8W4PJ60
284
60
81
E-MW8W4PJ60E
299
Notes
Notes
Lateral Pass Through Jumpers pass through a non-powered panel to connect two powered panels. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
Extended Lateral Pass Through Jumpers are extended 1 11/16” to pass through a non-powered panel and the additional gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection to connect two powered panels. 90º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
49
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Duplex Outlets DUPLEX OUTLETS
CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 CONTROLLED DUPLEX OUTLETS
Line
Model Number
List
Line
Model Number
List
1
E-MW8W4DO1
52
1
E-MW8W4T24DO1
60
2
E-MW8W4DO2
52
2
E-MW8W4T24DO2
60
3
E-MW8W4DO3
52
3
E-MW8W4T24DO3
60
4
E-MW8W4DO4
52
4
E-MW8W4T24DO4
60
“Controlled” Symbol
Notes
Notes
Duplex Outlets are available at designated circuits 1 through 4. Each duplex outlet contains two single receptacles (places to plug into) of the same circuit and are specified separately from powerways. All duplex outlets have black faces. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 1, 2 and 3 is white. The lettering on outlets for Circuit 4 is orange. Outlets are screw mounted to powerway. Duplex outlets are standard 15 amp outlets.
In California, 50 percent of all outlets in a systems panel cluster or benching cluster, for new construction, MUST be controlled outlets, even if there is no task lighting. Customers should plan on using circuits 2 and 3 for controlled circuits, and plan general load for all other items on circuits 1 and 4. If using 2 + 2 configuration, controlled circuits should be 1 and 2, and general load circuits on 4 and 5. Outlets must have the “controlled” symbol for identification purposes.
Available for QuickShip
USB OUTLETS
DUPLEX OUTLET HOLE COVERS
Line
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
1
E-UN8W4USB01
225
E-UNWC
20
2
E-UN8W4USB02
225
3
E-UN8W4USB03
225
4
E-UN8W4USB04
225
Notes
Specify
Notes
USB Outlets bring charging options to panel power distribution systems. The USB Outlets provide convenient charging power access through dual ports on the face of the receptacle. The USB Outlets offer a total of 2 Amps between two USB charging ports. The USB Outlets are UL and FCC Part 15A approved.
• Color Selection for Hole Cover
Duplex Outlet Hole Covers are supplied with each powered panel to cover unused duplex outlet locations (six). 24”W panels only include three duplex outlet hole covers. Order extra hole covers separately only when required. Available for QuickShip
Note: Certain areas of Chicago prohibit the use of modular electrical systems and require all electrical components to be hardwired. All electrical components need to be supplied by the electrician.
50
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL In-Feeds SIDE MOUNTED BASE IN-FEEDS
NEW YORK CITY SIDE MOUNTED BASE IN-FEEDS
Length
Model Number
List
Length
Model Number
List
72
E-UN8W4BIFS
338
72
E-HM8W4BIFSNY
676
Notes
Notes
Extended Lateral Pass Through Jumpers are extended 1 11/16” to pass through a non-powered panel and the additional gap created by a 3-way or 4-way connection to connect two powered panels. 90º corners and straight panel-to-panel connections do not require an extended jumper. Specify the jumper that corresponds to the width of the panel to be passed through.
New York City Side Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to side of powerway. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. New York City code requires the use of a special base feed with an in-line junction box.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
RECEPTACLE MOUNT BASE IN-FEEDS Length
Hand
NEW YORK CITY RECEPTACLE MOUNT BASE IN-FEEDS
Model Number
List
Length
Hand
Model Number
List
72
Left
E-UN8W4BIFL
364
72
Left
E-HM8W4BIFLNY
709
72
Right
E-UN8W4BIFR
364
72
Right
E-HM8W4BIFRNY
709
Notes
Notes
Receptacle Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to powerway at duplex outlet location. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. Left hand base in-feed shown.
New York City Receptacle Mounted Base In-Feeds provide interface with building power and mounts to powerway at duplex outlet location. Each base in-feed is 6’ in length, encased in “liquid tight”. New York City code requires the use of a special base feed with an in-line junction box. Left hand base in-feed shown.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
CEILING IN-FEEDS Length
Model Number
List
144
E-UN8W4CIF
412
Note: Certain areas of Chicago prohibit the use of modular electrical systems and require all electrical components to be hardwired. All electrical components need to be supplied by the electrician.
Notes Ceiling In-Feeds provide interface with building power from a suspended ceiling through a power pole shell. Each ceiling feed is 12’ long. Power pole shells are ordered separately. Available for QuickShip Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
51
DIVI
ELECTRICAL In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits 2-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
3-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPFPP242
613
+20
42
P-DVPFPP342
603
+20
50
P-DVPFPP250
614
+20
50
P-DVPFPP350
604
+20
58
P-DVPFPP258
606
+20
58
P-DVPFPP358
598
+20
66
P-DVPFPP266
601
+20
66
P-DVPFPP366
591
+20
82
P-DVPFPP282
604
+20
82
P-DVPFPP382
594
+20
98
P-DVPFPP298
608
+20
98
P-DVPFPP398
596
+20
4-WAY IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
END OF RUN IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE COMBINATION KITS
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
42
P-DVPFPP442
493
+20
42
P-DVPFPPE42
613
+20
50
P-DVPFPP450
494
+20
50
P-DVPFPPE50
614
+20
58
P-DVPFPP458
488
+20
58
P-DVPFPPE58
606
+20
66
P-DVPFPP466
481
+20
66
P-DVPFPPE66
601
+20
82
P-DVPFPP482
484
+20
82
P-DVPFPPE82
599
+20
98
P-DVPFPP498
481
+20
98
P-DVPFPPE98
608
+20
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Combination Kits (1.619”d x 1.860”w) include one in-line power/data pole kit and one post filler kit. 2-way, 3-way, and end or run kits include a base shroud. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Designed for an 11’ ceiling. Available for QuickShip
52
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Retrofit Kits and In-Line Power/Data Pole Dividers IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE RETROFIT KITS
IN-LINE POWER/DATA POLE DIVIDER
Panel H
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Panel H
Model Number
List
42
P-DVPFPP42
387
+20
42
P-DVPFPPD42
195
50
P-DVPFPP50
384
+20
50
P-DVPFPPD50
199
58
P-DVPFPP58
368
+20
58
P-DVPFPPD58
198
66
P-DVPFPP66
357
+20
66
P-DVPFPPD66
201
82
P-DVPFPP82
335
+20
82
P-DVPFPPD82
203
98
P-DVPFPP98
292
+20
98
P-DVPFPPD98
210
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Retrofit Kit (1.619”d x 1.860”w) mounts to the top of post fillers which are already installed at 2-way, 3-way, or 4-way connections. Specify the height which corresponds to the tallest panel in the configuration. Available painted only. Does not include post filler. Designed for an 11’ ceiling.
• Paint Selection
In-Line Power/Data Pole Divider is specified when electrical cables need to be segregated from data cables by a metal barrier. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
ELECTRICAL RETROFIT KIT
DOUBLE CHANNEL POWER/DATA POLE KIT
Length
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
24
E-FRKDVP8424
259
A-PPDV
536
+20
30
E-FRKDVP8430
276
36
E-FRKDVP8436
288
42
E-FRKDVP8442
306
48
E-FRKDVP8448
320
60
E-FRKDVP8460
350
Specify
Notes
• Color Selection for Base Color
Electrical Retrofit Kits are for field retrofitting existing non-powered DiVi panels with 8 wire, 4 circuit electrical. Kit includes one powerway with mounting clips and screws, one powered base cover assembly and four duplex outlet hole covers. Duplex outlets, jumpers, extra hole covers or feeds are ordered separately.
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Power/Data Pole Kit includes two 68” pole sections, two 68” covers, one pole coupler, two 68” dividers, four pole to panel mounting brackets, one ceiling shroud, one 72” perforated metal strip for attaching pole to ceiling grid, and mounting hardware. Order ceiling feeds separately. Designed for an 11’ ceiling. For use at 2-way and 3-way locations only. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
53
DIVI
ELECTRICAL Hubbell Premise Kits and Hardwire Junction Boxes DATA PLATE KITS
HARDWIRE JUNCTION BOX
Item
Model Number
List
Model Number
List
6 Port Data Gang Plate
E-DP6GFPB
24
E-DVJBCH
227
CAT 5e Jack
E-HRJ45-SM
85
CAT 6 Data Jack
E-HXJ6BK-SM
94
Hole Blank (10PK)
E-SFBB10-SM
56
Notes
Notes Snap-In Data Housing Plate have six ports. Housing is black and snaps into standard AIS DiVi duplex outlet holes, which measure 1.86” x 3.012”. RJ-45 jacks can be used in place of RJ-11 jacks. Available for QuickShip
54
Hardwire Junction Box allows standard, hard wired, single gang duplex outlets to be used in DiVi panels at each standard, modular duplex outlet location. Each outlet will require one junction box, and outlets cannot be placed back to back on a spine. Junction boxes do not include electrical connectors. Boxes are UL listed. Decora faced outlets cannot be used. Kit includes all hardware required to attach box to DiVi panel at duplex outlet location. Standard DiVi powered base covers are required. Order DiVi panels with standard powered base cover option. Boxes have standard 0.875” knockouts for electrical connectors. Kit includes one low profile metal face plate painted per specification. Junction boxes can be used with either 15 amp or 20 amp single gang outlets. Box is 3”H x 1.524”W x 7”L.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
SUPPORT Cantilevers and Side Support/Rear Brackets STANDARD CANTILEVERS
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
Hand
Model Number
24
18
Left
WPS-UNCT24L
24
18
Right
24
18
Pair
30
25.5
30 30
SHARED CANTILEVERS
List
Grade C Paint
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
66
+10
24
18
Single
WPS-UNCT24S
95
+10
WPS-UNCT24R
66
+10
24
18
Pair
WPS-UNCT24SP
188
+20
WPS-UNCT24P
129
+20
30
25.5
Single
WPS-UNCT30S
188
+10
Left
WPS-UNCT30L
129
+10
30
25.5
Pair
WPS-UNCT30SP
380
+20
25.5
Right
WPS-UNCT30R
129
+10
25.5
Pair
WPS-UNCT30P
256
+20
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Cantilevers
Standard Cantilevers provide cantilevered worksurface support from panel or wall track at either the left or right hand side of a worksurface. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Standard cantilevers may also be used as a center support. Specify cantilever that corresponds to worksurface depth. It is highly recommended that flat plates are specified in conjunction with support cantilevers to splice two worksurfaces together at the front edge. Painted black as standard, all other trim colors are Grade C upcharged.
• Paint Selection for Cantilevers
Shared Cantilevers provide cantilevered support from panel or wall track at seam between two worksurfaces. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Specify cantilever that corresponds to worksurface depth. It is highly recommended that flat plates are specified in conjunction with support cantilevers to splice two worksurfaces together at the front edge. Painted black as standard, all other trim colors are Grade C upcharged. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
SIDE SUPPORT / REAR BRACKETS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Left
WPS-SSSAL
47
+10
12
Right
WPS-SSSAR
47
+10
Pair
WPS-SSSA
92
+20
Left
Surface Depth
Actual Depth
PANEL MOUNTED SHELF CANTILEVERS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
10
Left
WPS-CT10L
119
+10
12
10
Right
WPS-CT10R
119
+10
12
10
Pair
WPS-CT10P
230
+20
Right
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection for Side Support / Rear Bracket
Side Support/Rear Brackets provide direct support from panel or wall track along short side of rectangular worksurface or at rear of corner worksurface. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Painted black as a standard. All other trim colors are Grade C upcharged.
• Paint Selection
Panel Mounted Shelf Cantilevers are 10”d and designed to work in conjunction with 12”d worksurfaces to create additional desk top shelving. Available for all AIS panel systems. For use with 12” to 16” worksurfaces only.
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
55
DIVI
SUPPORT End Panels, Brackets and A-Legs STANDARD END PANELS
CLEAR ACCESS END PANELS
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
12
WFS-EPDV12
256
+20
24
WFS-EPCADV24
354
+29
18
WFS-EPDV18
301
+24
30
WFS-EPCADV30
396
+32
24
WFS-EPDV24
340
+27
30
WFS-EPDV30
378
+30
36
WFS-EPDV36
430
+34
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Laminate Selection for End Panel
Standard End Panels have laminated vertical surfaces and a 2mm PVC vertical front edge. Standard end panels provide direct support from floor at left or right side of a worksurface, and engage and lock to panels with provided mounting brackets. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Specify end panel that corresponds to worksurface depth.
• Laminate Selection for End Panel
Clear Access End Panels have laminated vertical surfaces and a 2mm vertical front edge. Clear access end panels provide direct support from floor at left or right side of a worksurface, and engage and lock to panels with provided mounting brackets. All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws.
• 2mm Edge Selection for End Panel
• 2mm Edge Selection for End Panel
Available for QuickShip
PEDESTAL-TO-PEDESTAL ATTACHMENT BRACKET Model Number
List
Grade C Laminate
S-DVPMPB
167
+25
Available for QuickShip
COUNTERTOP BRACKETS Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Left
WPS-DVCTBKTL
42
+10
Right
WPS-DVCTBKTR
42
+10
Pair
WPS-DVCTBKTPR
81
+20
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Pedestal-to-Panel Attachment Brackets attach structural pedestals to panels. These brackets serve as a space filler and as a way to add stability to panels..Pedestal to panel attachment brackets may only be used when the nominal surface depth matches the nominal pedestal depth (24” Deep surface & 24” deep pedestal or 30” deep surface and 30” deep pedestal).
• Paint Selection for Count- Countertop Brackets provide direct support from er-top Bracket 42”H panel for countertop worksurfaces. Specify at least two pair of countertop brackets for every countertop (one pair for front side and one pair for rear). All worksurface support components fasten directly to worksurfaces with screws. Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
56
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
SUPPORT Panel Mounted A-Legs PANEL MOUNTED A-LEGS
H
D
Hand
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
27
12
Left
WFS-ALW2712DVL
309
+25
27
12
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2712DVLS
332
+25
27
12
Right
WFS-ALW2712DVR
309
+25
27
12
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2712DVRS
332
+25
27
12
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2712DVFS
298
+25
27
24
Left
WFS-ALW2724DVL
352
+25
27
24
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2724DVLS
375
+25
27
24
Right
WFS-ALW2724DVR
352
+25
27
24
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2724DVRS
375
+25
27
24
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2724DVFS
340
+25
27
30
Left
WFS-ALW2730DVL
375
+25
27
30
Left Shared
WFS-ALW2730DVLS
399
+25
27
30
Right
WFS-ALW2730DVR
375
+25
27
30
Right Shared
WFS-ALW2730DVRS
399
+25
27
30
Freestanding
WFS-ALW2730DVFS
362
+25
Panel Mounted Left Hand
Panel Mounted Left Hand Shared
Panel Mounted Right Hand
Panel Mounted Right Hand Shared
Freestanding
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
A-Legs are constructed from 1” x 2” painted steel. Legs have 1 1/2” leveling glides. A-Leg welded construction allows for attachment to the worksurface. Panel attachment brackets are included and installed at the factory for panel mounted legs. Panel locking bracket for panel attachment situations ships separate. Freestanding A-Legs cannot be used as freestanding table support. One side must be anchored to a storage element or panel. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
57
DIVI
STORAGE Mid-Height Shelf Units MID-HEIGHT SHELF UNITS
LINEAR MID-HEIGHT SHELF UNITS
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
7.75
24
12
S-SHFDV24
216
+12
7.75
24
12
S-SHFLDV24
216
+12
7.75
30
12
S-SHFDV30
223
+12
7.75
30
12
S-SHFLDV30
223
+12
7.75
36
12
S-SHFDV36
232
+12
7.75
36
12
S-SHFLDV36
232
+12
7.75
42
12
S-SHFDV42
245
+12
7.75
42
12
S-SHFLDV42
245
+12
7.75
48
12
S-SHFDV48
271
+12
7.75
48
12
S-SHFLDV48
271
+12
7.75
60
12
S-SHFDV60
286
+12
7.75
60
12
S-SHFLDV60
286
+12
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Mid-Height Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Unit includes two mid-height shelf ends, one shelf pan, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
• Paint Selection
Linear Mid-Height Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Unit includes two Linear Mid-height shelf ends, one shelf pan, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
Available for QuickShip
Available for QuickShip
SHELF DIVIDER Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
S-SHFDIV12
97
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Shelf Divider mounts to mid-height shelf decks and may also be used inside of complete flipper bins. No hardware necessary. Divider snaps into place. Divider is 5 5/8” tall and designed to finish at the same height as a mid-height shelf end. Available for QuickShip
58
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units MID-HEIGHT CORNER SHELF UNITS
Center Wing D D
LINEAR MID-HEIGHT CORNER SHELF UNITS
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
S-SHFCDV36
920
+25
7.75
36
30.5
30.5
12
S-SHFCDV42
979
+25
7.75
42
30.5
12
S-SHFCDV48
1,378
+25
7.75
48
H
W
7.75
36
30.5
7.75
42
7.75
48
H
W
Center Wing D D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
S-SHFLCDV36
920
+25
30.5
12
S-SHFLCDV42
979
+25
30.5
12
S-SHFLCDV48
1,378
+25
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage in corner above corner worksurfaces. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf has lateral strength bar welded parallel to front edge which will receive a 36” or smaller tasklight parallel to front edge. All shelves 33 5/8” across front edge and are 30 1/2” deep front to back corner. Back corner has 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” cutout to facilitate cable management. 42” and 48” units have 6” and 12” wings respectively. Unit includes two mid-height shelf ends, one bottom shelf pan, two corner shelf back mounting brackets, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
• Paint Selection
Linear Mid-Height Corner Shelf Units provide low profile overhead storage in corner above corner worksurfaces. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf has lateral strength bar welded parallel to front edge which will receive a 36” or smaller tasklight parallel to front edge. All shelves 33 5/8” across front edge and are 30 1/2” deep front to back corner. Back corner has 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” cutout to facilitate cable management. 42” and 48” units have 6” and 12” wings respectively. Unit includes two Linear Mid-height shelf ends, one bottom shelf pan, two corner shelf back mounting brackets, and mounting hardware. Order shelf unit that corresponds to panel width.
SHELF DIVIDER Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
S-SHFDIV12
97
+10
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Shelf Divider mounts to mid-height shelf decks and may also be used inside of complete flipper bins. No hardware necessary. Divider snaps into place. Divider is 5 5/8” tall and designed to finish at the same height as a mid-height shelf end. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
59
DIVI
STORAGE Type C Flipper Door Units
Interior H 14.25
METAL / FABRIC DOOR FRONT TYPE C FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
W
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Easy Down
24
12
S-FDUDV24
559
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDUDV30
572
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDUDV36
590
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDUDV42
603
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDUDV48
641
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDUDV60
777
+20
-5
+13
+24
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Flipper Door Unit - Metal/Fabric Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra applicable) lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional keys cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
Available for QuickShip
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT TYPE C FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
Easy Down
S-FDUDV24L
694
+20
+17
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDUDV30L
708
+20
+18
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDUDV36L
724
+20
+19
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDUDV42L
741
+20
+20
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDUDV48L
824
+20
+21
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDUDV60L
913
+20
+22
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Flipper Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra applicable) lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional keys cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
60
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Type C Raised Flipper Door Units
Interior H 14.25
METAL / FABRIC DOOR FRONT TYPE C RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
W
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
Perf Back
Easy Down
24
12
S-FDURFDV24
1,169
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDURFDV30
1,196
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDURFDV36
1,226
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDURFDV42
1,262
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDURFDV48
1,327
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDURFDV60
1,464
+20
-5
+13
+24
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit - Metal/Fabric Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and applicable) recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal • Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses. • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style
Interior H
W
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT TYPE C RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT
Interior D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
Perf Back
Easy Down
14.25
24
12
S-FDURFDV24L
1,279
+20
+17
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDURFDV30L
1,304
+20
+18
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDURFDV36L
1,330
+20
+19
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDURFDV42L
1,367
+20
+20
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDURFDV48L
1,480
+20
+21
+35
+215
14.25
60
12
S-FDURFDV60L
1,603
+20
+22
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Flipper Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and • Paint or Fabric for Flipper Door Style stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing • Fabric Selection for Flipper Selection (if cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and applicable) recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal • Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores • Easy Down Mechanism (optional) in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
61
DIVI
STORAGE Type D Flipper and Raised Flipper Door Units
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
SOLID METAL DOOR FRONT TYPE D FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Easy Down
S-FDDSDV24
682
+20
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDDSDV30
697
+20
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDDSDV36
713
+20
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDDSDV42
727
+20
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDDSDV48
764
+20
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type D Flipper Door Unit - Solid Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Flipper unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
• Easy Down Mechanism (optional)
Interior H
W
Interior D
14.25
24
12
SOLID METAL DOOR FRONT TYPE D RAISED FLIPPER DOOR UNIT Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perf Back
Easy Down
S-FDDRDV24
1,266
+20
+35
+215
14.25
30
12
S-FDDRDV30
1,292
+20
+35
+215
14.25
36
12
S-FDDRDV36
1,365
+20
+35
+215
14.25
42
12
S-FDDRDV42
1,355
+20
+35
+215
14.25
48
12
S-FDDRDV48
1,421
+20
+35
+215
Easy Down Mechanism (Optional)
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Type D Raised Flipper Door Unit - Solid Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door opens and stores above top cover pan. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Easy Down Mechanisms are optional for all sizes and recommended on 60” wide units. All flipper doors are lockable with two supplied keys. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying flipper doors alike, but flipper doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying flippers alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. Order flipper unit that corresponds to panel width. See “Accessories” for ordering replacement keys, master keys, core removal keys, additional key cores for keying alike or replacement uses.
• Metal or Perforated Back Panel Style • Easy Down Mechanism (optional)
62
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Sliding Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT SLIDING DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT SLIDING DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Grade C Laminate
14.25
30
12
S-MSDODV30
697
+20
14.25
30
12
S-MSDODV30L
834
+20
+18
14.25
36
12
S-MSDODV36
714
+20
14.25
36
12
S-MSDODV36L
848
+20
+19
14.25
42
12
S-MSDODV42
728
+20
14.25
42
12
S-MSDODV42L
865
+20
+20
14.25
48
12
S-MSDODV48
766
+20
14.25
48
12
S-MSDODV48L
949
+20
+21
14.25
60
12
S-MSDODV60
901
+20
14.25
60
12
S-MSDODV60L
1,038
+20
+22
Specify
Notes
Specify
• Paint Selection
Sliding Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door slides open side to side. Sliding door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Notes
Sliding Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Door slides open side to side. Sliding door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams • Edge Selection for Sliding to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive Door tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories. • Laminate Selection for Sliding Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
63
DIVI
STORAGE Raised Sliding Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT RAISED SLIDING DOOR UNIT H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
14.25
30
12
S-RMSDODV30
1,293
+20
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT RAISED SLIDING DOOR UNIT
Perforated Back
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RMSDODV30L
1,427
+20
Grade C Perforated Laminate Back +18
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RMSDODV36
1,322
+20
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RMSDODV36L
1,456
+20
+19
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RMSDODV42
1,356
+20
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RMSDODV42L
1,490
+20
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RMSDODV48
1,422
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RMSDODV48L
1,605
+20
+21
+35
14.25
60
12
S-RMSDODV60
1,589
+20
+35
14.25
60
12
S-RMSDODV60L
1,727
+20
+22
+35
Specify
Notes
Specify
• Paint Selection
Type C Raised Sliding Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mounted at the top of a 66” high panel. Door slides open side to side. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
64
Notes
Type C Raised Sliding Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. When mounted on 50” high panels, unit rests level with a standard flipper door unit mount• Edge Selection for Sliding ed at the top of a 66” high panel. Door slides open Door side to side. Backside of unit is completely enclosed providing added security. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. All sliding doors are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories. • Laminate Selection for Sliding Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
STORAGE Cabinet Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT CABINET DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT CABINET DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perforated Back
14.25
24
12
S-VDODV24
928
+20
14.25
24
12
S-VDODV24L
1,063
+20
+17
14.25
30
12
S-VDODV30
941
+20
14.25
30
12
S-VDODV30L
1,078
+20
+18
14.25
36
12
S-VDODV36
958
+20
14.25
36
12
S-VDODV36L
1,092
+20
+19
14.25
42
12
S-VDODV42
972
+20
14.25
42
12
S-VDODV42L
1,110
+20
+20
14.25
48
12
S-VDODV48
1,012
+20
14.25
48
12
S-VDODV48L
1,192
+20
+21
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Cabinet Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Cabinet Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
• Laminate Selection for Cabinet Door • Edge Selection for Cabinet Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
65
DIVI
STORAGE Raised Cabinet Door Units METAL DOOR FRONT RAISED CABINET DOOR UNIT
LAMINATE DOOR FRONT RAISED CABINET DOOR UNIT
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
Perforated Back
H
W
D
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
14.25
24
12
S-RVDODV24L
1,648
+20
Grade C Perforated Laminate Back
14.25
24
12
S-RVDODV24
1,512
+20
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RVDODV30
1,537
+20
+35
14.25
30
12
S-RVDODV30L
1,672
+20
+18
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RVDODV36
1,566
+20
+35
14.25
36
12
S-RVDODV36L
1,701
+20
+19
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RVDODV42
1,601
+20
+35
14.25
42
12
S-RVDODV42L
1,736
+20
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RVDODV48
1,666
+20
+35
14.25
48
12
S-RVDODV48L
1,849
+20
+21
+35
+17
+35
Specify
Notes
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Raised Cabinet Door Unit - Metal Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
• Paint Selection
Raised Cabinet Door Unit - Laminate Door Front provides binder height, lockable overhead storage. Doors swing open. Cabinet door unit has an open back. Shelf ends have locking swing cams to prevent dislodgement. Shelf bottom will receive tasklights. Units are lockable with (2) keys supplied. Lock cores are removable with removal keys and master keys are available. Extra lock cores are available for keying sliding doors alike, but sliding doors may not be ordered without locks. Keying sliding doors alike requires removal of pre-installed lock cores and installation of keyed alike cores in the field. See “Accessories” for shelf, flipper and key accessories.
66
• Laminate Selection for Cabinet Door • Edge Selection for Cabinet Door
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Tackboards, Tool Rail Kits and Panel Coat Hooks TACKBOARDS
TOOL RAIL KITS
H
W
Model Number
List
C.O.M Fabric
Grade C Fabric
Grade D Fabric
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
12
24
A-TACKDV1224
182
-5
+13
+24
3.375
24
A-TBDV24
248
+20
12
30
A-TACKDV1230
191
-5
+13
+24
3.375
30
A-TBDV30
272
+20
12
36
A-TACKDV1236
200
-5
+13
+24
3.375
36
A-TBDV36
301
+20
12
42
A-TACKDV1242
211
-5
+13
+24
3.375
42
A-TBDV42
320
+20
12
48
A-TACKDV1248
224
-5
+13
+24
3.375
48
A-TBDV48
337
+20
12
60
A-TACKDV1260
293
-5
+13
+24
3.375
60
A-TBDV60
498
+20
15
24
A-TACKDV1524
185
-5
+13
+24
15
30
A-TACKDV1530
196
-5
+13
+24
15
36
A-TACKDV1536
203
-5
+13
+24
15
42
A-TACKDV1542
217
-5
+13
+24
15
48
A-TACKDV1548
228
-5
+13
+24
15
60
A-TACKDV1560
300
-5
+13
+24
19
24
A-TACKDV1924
236
-5
+13
+24
19
30
A-TACKDV1930
251
-5
+13
+24
19
36
A-TACKDV1936
263
-5
+13
+24
19
42
A-TACKDV1942
277
-5
+13
+24
19
48
A-TACKDV1948
293
-5
+13
+24
19
60
A-TACKDV1960
314
-5
+13
+24
Specify
Notes
• Fabric Selection
Tackboards are 7/8” thick and mount to wall track to provide vertical tackable surface for wall track applications and private offices. Tackboards are available in three different heights.
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Tool Rail Kits mount to wall track or panel and accommodates paper flow elements. Tool rail kits are painted black as a standard. All other trim colors are available at a Grade C upcharge. Available for QuickShip
PANEL COAT HOOK List
Grade C Paint
A-CHM
48
+5
Specify
Notes
• Paint Selection
Panel Coat Hook mounts over top of panel and is available in all standard panel colors.
Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Model Number
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
67
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens and Pre-Drilled Topcaps FRAMELESS UP-MOUNT GLASS SCREENS
PRE-DRILLED TOPCAPS
H
W
Model Number
1/4th” Clear
1/4th” Frosted
D
Model Number
List
8
24
A-FGUM0824
334
+68
24
P-DVFGTC24
75
8
36
A-FGUM0836
384
+102
36
P-DVFGTC36
75
8
42
A-FGUM0842
409
+119
42
P-DVFGTC42
75
8
48
A-FGUM0848
435
+135
48
P-DVFGTC48
75
8
60
A-FGUM0860
593
+169
60
P-DVFGTC60
75
8
72
A-FGUM0872
644
+203
12
24
A-FGUM1224
369
+120
12
36
A-FGUM1236
433
+171
12
42
A-FGUM1242
466
+196
12
48
A-FGUM1248
498
+222
12
60
A-FGUM1260
670
+273
Specify
Notes
12
72
A-FGUM1272
733
+323
• Paint Selection
Pre-Drilled Topcaps are pre-drilled for glass clamp screws to facilitate easy installation. Order topcaps separately. Available for QuickShip
Specify
Notes
• Clear or Frosted Glass Selection
Frameless Up-Mount Glass Screens are designed to up-mount on worksurfaces and various other flat surfaces. Up-Mount Glass Screens include two mounting brackets which are available in a matte chrome finish only. Screens over 54” in length receive three mounting brackets for added stability. Available for QuickShip
68
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
DIVI
ACCESSORIES Whiteboards WHITE BOARD WITH MARKER TRAY
FRAMELESS WHITEBOARD WITH MARKER TRAY
H
W
Model Number
List
Grade C Paint
H
W
Model Number
List
24
24
A-WBDV2424
447
+15
24
24
A-FWBDV2424
288
24
30
A-WBDV2430
470
+15
24
30
A-FWBDV2430
331
24
36
A-WBDV2436
494
+15
24
36
A-FWBDV2436
374
24
42
A-WBDV2442
518
+15
24
42
A-FWBDV2442
417
24
48
A-WBDV2448
541
+15
24
48
A-FWBDV2448
433
24
60
A-WBDV2460
588
+15
24
60
A-FWBDV2460
515
30
24
A-WBDV3024
472
+15
30
24
A-FWBDV3024
310
30
30
A-WBDV3030
531
+15
30
30
A-FWBDV3030
361
30
36
A-WBDV3036
542
+15
30
36
A-FWBDV3036
412
30
42
A-WBDV3042
559
+15
30
42
A-FWBDV3042
463
30
48
A-WBDV3048
588
+15
30
48
A-FWBDV3048
515
30
60
A-WBDV3060
694
+15
30
60
A-FWBDV3060
617
Specify
Notes
Notes
• Paint Selection for White- White Boards mount to panels with standard brackboard ets. Marker Tray is included and available in black only. Marker Tray is field installed. Available for QuickShip
Revision 12.29.2017 © 2017, AIS, Inc.
Frameless White Boards with Markey Tray is a .6” thick laminated white board with 1mm white edgeband on all sides. Frameless White Boards mount to panels with standard brackets (included). Marker Tray is included and available in black only. Marker Tray is field installed.
Download this library at 2020.net today. Phone: 800.434.7400 Fax: 978.562.0811
Available for QuickShip
69
National Showrooms: Leominster AIS Headquarters 25 Tucker Drive Leominster, MA 01453 Boston 1 Design Center Place, Suite 712 Boston, MA 02210 Chicago The Merchandise Mart Suite 1086 Chicago, Illinois 60654 New York AIS New York 257 Park Avenue South New York, New York 10010 Washington, D.C. AIS Washington, D.C. 1400 Eye St, NW, Suite 750 Washington, D.C. 20005 GSA Sales GSA Contract GS-29F-0006K FSC Group 71, Part 1 Office Furniture
800.434.7400 | 978.562.7500 | Fax: 978.562.0811 | www.ais-inc.com
For additional information on AIS: Dealer Showrooms, Representative Directory, Project Case Studies, Online Catalog & Product Showcase Visit: www.ais-inc.com
